Surah 007 of 114

سورة الأعراف

Al-Araaf

206 verses · tap any ayah to deep-dive

Ayat 1

الٓمٓصٓ.(1)

Alif, Lām, Meem, Ṣād.1 [Al-Araaf: 1]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 1

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Alif, Lām, Meem, Ṣād.1

Transliteration

Ayah 1

Aliflammeemsad

Word-by-word

Ayah 1

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الٓمٓصٓ Aliflammeemsad Alif Laam Meem Saad

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 2

كِتَٰبٌ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكَ فَلَا يَكُن فِى صَدْرِكَ حَرَجٌۭ مِّنْهُ لِتُنذِرَ بِهِۦ وَذِكْرَىٰ لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ.(2)

[This is] a Book revealed to you, [O Muḥammad] - so let there not be in your breast distress therefrom - that you may warn thereby and as a reminder to the believers. [Al-Araaf: 2]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 2

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[This is] a Book revealed to you, [O Muḥammad] - so let there not be in your breast distress therefrom - that you may warn thereby and as a reminder to the believers.

Transliteration

Ayah 2

Kitabun onzila ilayka fala yakun fee sadrika harajun minhu litunthira bihi wathikra lilmumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 2

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 كِتَابٌ Kitabun (This is) a Book ك ت ب
2 أُنزِلَ onzila revealed ن ز ل
3 إِلَيْكَ ilayka to you
4 فَلَا fala so (let) not
5 يَكُن yakun be ك و ن
6 فِى fee in
7 صَدْرِكَ sadrika your breast ص د ر
8 حَرَجٌ harajun any uneasiness ح ر ج
9 مِّنْهُ minhu from it
10 لِتُنذِرَ litunthira that you warn ن ذ ر
11 بِهِۦ bihi with it
12 وَذِكْرَىٰ wathikra and a reminder ذ ك ر
13 لِلْمُؤْمِنِينَ lilmumineena for the believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 3

ٱتَّبِعُوا۟ مَآ أُنزِلَ إِلَيْكُم مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ وَلَا تَتَّبِعُوا۟ مِن دُونِهِۦٓ أَوْلِيَآءَ ۗ قَلِيلًۭا مَّا تَذَكَّرُونَ.(3)

Follow, [O mankind], what has been revealed to you from your Lord and do not follow other than Him any allies. Little do you remember. [Al-Araaf: 3]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 3

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Follow, [O mankind], what has been revealed to you from your Lord and do not follow other than Him any allies. Little do you remember.

Transliteration

Ayah 3

IttabiAAoo ma onzila ilaykum min rabbikum wala tattabiAAoo min doonihi awliyaa qaleelan ma tathakkaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 3

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 اتَّبِعُواْ IttabiAAoo Follow ت ب ع
2 مَآ ma what
3 أُنزِلَ onzila has been revealed ن ز ل
4 إِلَيْكُم ilaykum to you
5 مِّن min from
6 رَّبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
7 وَلَا wala and (do) not
8 تَتَّبِعُواْ tattabiAAoo follow ت ب ع
9 مِن min from
10 دُونِهِۦٓ doonihi beside Him د و ن
11 أَوْلِيَآءَ awliyaa any allies و ل ي
12 قَلِيلًا qaleelan Little ق ل ل
13 مَّا ma (is) what
14 تَذَكَّرُونَ tathakkaroona you remember ذ ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 4

وَكَم مِّن قَرْيَةٍ أَهْلَكْنَٰهَا فَجَآءَهَا بَأْسُنَا بَيَٰتًا أَوْ هُمْ قَآئِلُونَ.(4)

And how many cities have We destroyed, and Our punishment came to them at night or while they were sleeping at noon. [Al-Araaf: 4]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 4

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And how many cities have We destroyed, and Our punishment came to them at night or while they were sleeping at noon.

Transliteration

Ayah 4

Wakam min qaryatin ahlaknaha fajaaha basuna bayatan aw hum qailoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 4

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكَم Wakam And how many
2 مِّن min of
3 قَرْيَةٍ qaryatin a city ق ر ي
4 أَهْلَكْنَاهَا ahlaknaha We destroyed it ه ل ك
5 فَجَآءَهَا fajaaha and came to it ج ي أ
6 بَأْسُنَا basuna Our punishment ب أ س
7 بَيَاتًا bayatan (at) night ب ي ت
8 أَوْ aw or
9 هُمْ hum (while) they
10 قَآئِلُونَ qailoona were sleeping at noon ق ي ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 5

فَمَا كَانَ دَعْوَىٰهُمْ إِذْ جَآءَهُم بَأْسُنَآ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا كُنَّا ظَٰلِمِينَ.(5)

And their declaration when Our punishment came to them was only that they said, "Indeed, we were wrongdoers!" [Al-Araaf: 5]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 5

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And their declaration when Our punishment came to them was only that they said, "Indeed, we were wrongdoers!"

Transliteration

Ayah 5

Fama kana daAAwahum ith jaahum basuna illa an qaloo inna kunna thalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 5

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَمَا Fama Then not
2 كَانَ kana was ك و ن
3 دَعْوَاهُمْ daAAwahum their plea د ع و
4 إِذْ ith when
5 جَآءَهُم jaahum came to them ج ي أ
6 بَأْسُنَآ basuna Our punishment ب أ س
7 إِلَّآ illa except
8 أَن an that
9 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo they said ق و ل
10 إِنَّا inna Indeed we
11 كُنَّا kunna were ك و ن
12 ظَالِمِينَ thalimeena wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 6

فَلَنَسْـَٔلَنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ أُرْسِلَ إِلَيْهِمْ وَلَنَسْـَٔلَنَّ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ.(6)

Then We will surely question those to whom [a message] was sent, and We will surely question the messengers. [Al-Araaf: 6]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 6

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then We will surely question those to whom [a message] was sent, and We will surely question the messengers.

Transliteration

Ayah 6

Falanasalanna allatheena orsila ilayhim walanasalanna almursaleena

Word-by-word

Ayah 6

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَلَنَسْـَٔلَنَّ Falanasalanna Then surely We will question س أ ل
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those (to) whom
3 أُرْسِلَ orsila were sent ر س ل
4 إِلَيْهِمْ ilayhim to them (Messengers)
5 وَلَنَسْـَٔلَنَّ walanasalanna and surely We will question س أ ل
6 الْمُرْسَلِينَ almursaleena the Messengers ر س ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 7

فَلَنَقُصَّنَّ عَلَيْهِم بِعِلْمٍۢ ۖ وَمَا كُنَّا غَآئِبِينَ.(7)

Then We will surely relate [their deeds] to them with knowledge, and We were not [at all] absent. [Al-Araaf: 7]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 7

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then We will surely relate [their deeds] to them with knowledge, and We were not [at all] absent.

Transliteration

Ayah 7

Falanaqussanna AAalayhim biAAilmin wama kunna ghaibeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 7

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَلَنَقُصَّنَّ Falanaqussanna Then surely We will narrate ق ص ص
2 عَلَيْهِم AAalayhim to them
3 بِعِلْمٍ biAAilmin with knowledge ع ل م
4 وَمَا wama and not
5 كُنَّا kunna were We ك و ن
6 غَآئِبِينَ ghaibeena absent غ ي ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 8

وَٱلْوَزْنُ يَوْمَئِذٍ ٱلْحَقُّ ۚ فَمَن ثَقُلَتْ مَوَٰزِينُهُۥ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَ.(8)

And the weighing [of deeds] that Day will be the truth. So those whose scales are heavy - it is they who will be the successful. [Al-Araaf: 8]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 8

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And the weighing [of deeds] that Day will be the truth. So those whose scales are heavy - it is they who will be the successful.

Transliteration

Ayah 8

Waalwaznu yawmaithini alhaqqu faman thaqulat mawazeenuhu faolaika humu almuflihoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 8

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالْوَزْنُ Waalwaznu And the weighing و ز ن
2 يَوْمَئِذٍ yawmaithini that day
3 الْحَقُّ alhaqqu (will be) the truth ح ق ق
4 فَمَن faman So whose
5 ثَقُلَتْ thaqulat (will be) heavy ث ق ل
6 مَوَازِينُهُۥ mawazeenuhu his scales و ز ن
7 فَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ faolaika then those
8 هُمُ humu [they]
9 الْمُفْلِحُونَ almuflihoona (will be) the successful ones ف ل ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 9

وَمَنْ خَفَّتْ مَوَٰزِينُهُۥ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ ٱلَّذِينَ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا يَظْلِمُونَ.(9)

And those whose scales are light - they are the ones who will lose themselves for what injustice they were doing toward Our verses. [Al-Araaf: 9]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 9

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And those whose scales are light - they are the ones who will lose themselves for what injustice they were doing toward Our verses.

Transliteration

Ayah 9

Waman khaffat mawazeenuhu faolaika allatheena khasiroo anfusahum bima kanoo biayatina yathlimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 9

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَنْ Waman And (for) those
2 خَفَّتْ khaffat (will be) light خ ف ف
3 مَوَازِينُهُۥ mawazeenuhu his scales و ز ن
4 فَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ faolaika so those
5 الَّذِينَ allatheena (will be) the ones who
6 خَسِرُواْ khasiroo lost خ س ر
7 أَنفُسَهُم anfusahum themselves ن ف س
8 بِمَا bima because
9 كَانُواْ kanoo they were ك و ن
10 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina to Our Verses أ ي ي
11 يَظْلِمُونَ yathlimoona (doing) injustice ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 10

وَلَقَدْ مَكَّنَّٰكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَجَعَلْنَا لَكُمْ فِيهَا مَعَٰيِشَ ۗ قَلِيلًۭا مَّا تَشْكُرُونَ.(10)

And We have certainly established you upon the earth and made for you therein ways of livelihood. Little are you grateful. [Al-Araaf: 10]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 10

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We have certainly established you upon the earth and made for you therein ways of livelihood. Little are you grateful.

Transliteration

Ayah 10

Walaqad makkannakum fee alardi wajaAAalna lakum feeha maAAayisha qaleelan ma tashkuroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 10

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَقَدْ Walaqad And certainly
2 مَكَّنَّاكُمْ makkannakum We established you م ك ن
3 فِى fee in
4 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
5 وَجَعَلْنَا wajaAAalna and We made ج ع ل
6 لَكُمْ lakum for you
7 فِيهَا feeha in it
8 مَعَايِشَ maAAayisha livelihood ع ي ش
9 قَلِيلًا qaleelan Little ق ل ل
10 مَّا ma (is) what
11 تَشْكُرُونَ tashkuroona you (are) grateful ش ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 11

وَلَقَدْ خَلَقْنَٰكُمْ ثُمَّ صَوَّرْنَٰكُمْ ثُمَّ قُلْنَا لِلْمَلَٰٓئِكَةِ ٱسْجُدُوا۟ لِآدَمَ فَسَجَدُوٓا۟ إِلَّآ إِبْلِيسَ لَمْ يَكُن مِّنَ ٱلسَّٰجِدِينَ.(11)

And We have certainly created you, [O mankind], and given you [human] form. Then We said to the angels, "Prostrate to Adam"; so they prostrated, except for Iblees.1 He was not of those who prostrated. [Al-Araaf: 11]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 11

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We have certainly created you, [O mankind], and given you [human] form. Then We said to the angels, "Prostrate to Adam"; so they prostrated, except for Iblees.1 He was not of those who prostrated.

Transliteration

Ayah 11

Walaqad khalaqnakum thumma sawwarnakum thumma qulna lilmalaikati osjudoo liadama fasajadoo illa ibleesa lam yakun mina alssajideena

Word-by-word

Ayah 11

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَقَدْ Walaqad And certainly
2 خَلَقْنَاكُمْ khalaqnakum We created you خ ل ق
3 ثُمَّ thumma then
4 صَوَّرْنَاكُمْ sawwarnakum We fashioned you ص و ر
5 ثُمَّ thumma Then
6 قُلْنَا qulna We said ق و ل
7 لِلْمَلَآئِكَةِ lilmalaikati to the Angels م ل ك
8 اسْجُدُواْ osjudoo Prostrate س ج د
9 لِآدَمَ liadama to Adam
10 فَسَجَدُواْ fasajadoo So they prostrated س ج د
11 إِلَّآ illa except
12 إِبْلِيسَ ibleesa Iblis
13 لَمْ lam Not
14 يَكُن yakun he was ك و ن
15 مِّنَ mina of
16 السَّاجِدِينَ alssajideena those who prostrated س ج د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 12

قَالَ مَا مَنَعَكَ أَلَّا تَسْجُدَ إِذْ أَمَرْتُكَ ۖ قَالَ أَنَا۠ خَيْرٌۭ مِّنْهُ خَلَقْتَنِى مِن نَّارٍۢ وَخَلَقْتَهُۥ مِن طِينٍۢ.(12)

[Allāh] said, "What prevented you from prostrating when I commanded you?" [Satan] said, "I am better than him. You created me from fire and created him from clay [i.e., earth]." [Al-Araaf: 12]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 12

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Allāh] said, "What prevented you from prostrating when I commanded you?" [Satan] said, "I am better than him. You created me from fire and created him from clay [i.e., earth]."

Transliteration

Ayah 12

Qala ma manaAAaka alla tasjuda ith amartuka qala ana khayrun minhu khalaqtanee min narin wakhalaqtahu min teenin

Word-by-word

Ayah 12

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala (Allah) said ق و ل
2 مَا ma What?
3 مَنَعَكَ manaAAaka prevented you م ن ع
4 أَلَّا alla that not
5 تَسْجُدَ tasjuda you prostrate س ج د
6 إِذْ ith when
7 أَمَرْتُكَ amartuka I commanded you أ م ر
8 قَالَ qala (Shaitaan) said ق و ل
9 أَنَا ana I am
10 خَيْرٌ khayrun better خ ي ر
11 مِّنْهُ minhu than him
12 خَلَقْتَنِى khalaqtanee You created me خ ل ق
13 مِن min from
14 نَّارٍ narin fire ن و ر
15 وَخَلَقْتَهُۥ wakhalaqtahu and You created him خ ل ق
16 مِن min from
17 طِينٍ teenin clay ط ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 13

قَالَ فَٱهْبِطْ مِنْهَا فَمَا يَكُونُ لَكَ أَن تَتَكَبَّرَ فِيهَا فَٱخْرُجْ إِنَّكَ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰغِرِينَ.(13)

[Allāh] said, "Descend from it [i.e., Paradise], for it is not for you to be arrogant therein. So get out; indeed, you are of the debased." [Al-Araaf: 13]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 13

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Allāh] said, "Descend from it [i.e., Paradise], for it is not for you to be arrogant therein. So get out; indeed, you are of the debased."

Transliteration

Ayah 13

Qala faihbit minha fama yakoonu laka an tatakabbara feeha faokhruj innaka mina alssaghireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 13

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala (Allah) said ق و ل
2 فَاهْبِطْ faihbit Then go down ه ب ط
3 مِنْهَا minha from it
4 فَمَا fama for not
5 يَكُونُ yakoonu it is ك و ن
6 لَكَ laka for you
7 أَن an that
8 تَتَكَبَّرَ tatakabbara you be arrogant ك ب ر
9 فِيهَا feeha in it
10 فَاخْرُجْ faokhruj So get out خ ر ج
11 إِنَّكَ innaka indeed you
12 مِنَ mina (are) of
13 الصَّاغِرِينَ alssaghireena the disgraced ones ص غ ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 14

قَالَ أَنظِرْنِىٓ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ يُبْعَثُونَ.(14)

[Satan] said, "Reprieve me until the Day they are resurrected." [Al-Araaf: 14]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 14

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Satan] said, "Reprieve me until the Day they are resurrected."

Transliteration

Ayah 14

Qala anthirnee ila yawmi yubAAathoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 14

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala (Shaitaan) said ق و ل
2 أَنظِرْنِىٓ anthirnee Give me respite ن ظ ر
3 إِلَىٰ ila till
4 يَوْمِ yawmi (the) Day ي و م
5 يُبْعَثُونَ yubAAathoona they are raised up ب ع ث

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 15

قَالَ إِنَّكَ مِنَ ٱلْمُنظَرِينَ.(15)

[Allāh] said, "Indeed, you are of those reprieved." [Al-Araaf: 15]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 15

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Allāh] said, "Indeed, you are of those reprieved."

Transliteration

Ayah 15

Qala innaka mina almunthareena

Word-by-word

Ayah 15

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala (Allah) said ق و ل
2 إِنَّكَ innaka Indeed you
3 مِنَ mina (are) of
4 الْمُنظَرِينَ almunthareena the ones given respite ن ظ ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 16

قَالَ فَبِمَآ أَغْوَيْتَنِى لَأَقْعُدَنَّ لَهُمْ صِرَٰطَكَ ٱلْمُسْتَقِيمَ.(16)

[Satan] said, "Because You have put me in error, I will surely sit in wait for them [i.e., mankind] on Your straight path. [Al-Araaf: 16]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 16

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Satan] said, "Because You have put me in error, I will surely sit in wait for them [i.e., mankind] on Your straight path.

Transliteration

Ayah 16

Qala fabima aghwaytanee laaqAAudanna lahum sirataka almustaqeema

Word-by-word

Ayah 16

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala (Shaitaan) said ق و ل
2 فَبِمَآ fabima Because
3 أَغْوَيْتَنِى aghwaytanee You have sent me astray غ و ي
4 لَأَقْعُدَنَّ laaqAAudanna surely I will sit ق ع د
5 لَهُمْ lahum for them
6 صِرَاطَكَ sirataka (on) Your path ص ر ط
7 الْمُسْتَقِيمَ almustaqeema the straight ق و م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 17

ثُمَّ لَآتِيَنَّهُم مِّنۢ بَيْنِ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَمِنْ خَلْفِهِمْ وَعَنْ أَيْمَٰنِهِمْ وَعَن شَمَآئِلِهِمْ ۖ وَلَا تَجِدُ أَكْثَرَهُمْ شَٰكِرِينَ.(17)

Then I will come to them from before them and from behind them and on their right and on their left, and You will not find most of them grateful [to You]." [Al-Araaf: 17]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 17

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then I will come to them from before them and from behind them and on their right and on their left, and You will not find most of them grateful [to You]."

Transliteration

Ayah 17

Thumma laatiyannahum min bayni aydeehim wamin khalfihim waAAan aymanihim waAAan shamailihim wala tajidu aktharahum shakireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 17

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ثُمَّ Thumma Then
2 لَآتِيَنَّهُم laatiyannahum surely I will come to them أ ت ي
3 مِّنْ min from
4 بَيْنِ bayni before ب ي ن
5 أَيْدِيهِمْ aydeehim them ي د ي
6 وَمِنْ wamin and from
7 خَلْفِهِمْ khalfihim behind them خ ل ف
8 وَعَنْ waAAan and from
9 أَيْمَانِهِمْ aymanihim their right ي م ن
10 وَعَن waAAan and from
11 شَمَآئِلِهِمْ shamailihim their left ش م ل
12 وَلَا wala and not
13 تَجِدُ tajidu You (will) find و ج د
14 أَكْثَرَهُمْ aktharahum most of them ك ث ر
15 شَاكِرِينَ shakireena grateful ش ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 18

قَالَ ٱخْرُجْ مِنْهَا مَذْءُومًۭا مَّدْحُورًۭا ۖ لَّمَن تَبِعَكَ مِنْهُمْ لَأَمْلَأَنَّ جَهَنَّمَ مِنكُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ.(18)

[Allāh] said, "Depart from it [i.e., Paradise], reproached and expelled. Whoever follows you among them - I will surely fill Hell with you, all together." [Al-Araaf: 18]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 18

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Allāh] said, "Depart from it [i.e., Paradise], reproached and expelled. Whoever follows you among them - I will surely fill Hell with you, all together."

Transliteration

Ayah 18

Qala okhruj minha mathooman madhooran laman tabiAAaka minhum laamlaanna jahannama minkum ajmaAAeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 18

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala (Allah) said ق و ل
2 اخْرُجْ okhruj Get out خ ر ج
3 مِنْهَا minha of it
4 مَذْؤُومًا mathooman disgraced ذ أ م
5 مَّدْحُورًا madhooran and expelled د ح ر
6 لَّمَن laman Certainly whoever
7 تَبِعَكَ tabiAAaka follows you ت ب ع
8 مِنْهُمْ minhum among them
9 لَأَمْلَأَنَّ laamlaanna surely I will fill م ل أ
10 جَهَنَّمَ jahannama Hell
11 مِنكُمْ minkum with you
12 أَجْمَعِينَ ajmaAAeena all ج م ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 19

وَيَٰٓـَٔادَمُ ٱسْكُنْ أَنتَ وَزَوْجُكَ ٱلْجَنَّةَ فَكُلَا مِنْ حَيْثُ شِئْتُمَا وَلَا تَقْرَبَا هَٰذِهِ ٱلشَّجَرَةَ فَتَكُونَا مِنَ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ.(19)

And "O Adam, dwell, you and your wife, in Paradise and eat from wherever you will but do not approach this tree, lest you be among the wrongdoers." [Al-Araaf: 19]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 19

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And "O Adam, dwell, you and your wife, in Paradise and eat from wherever you will but do not approach this tree, lest you be among the wrongdoers."

Transliteration

Ayah 19

Waya adamu oskun anta wazawjuka aljannata fakula min haythu shituma wala taqraba hathihi alshshajarata fatakoona mina alththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 19

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَيَاآدَمُ Wayaadamu And O Adam!
2 اسْكُنْ Dwell س ك ن
3 أَنتَ oskun you
4 وَزَوْجُكَ anta and your wife ز و ج
5 الْجَنَّةَ wazawjuka (in) the Garden ج ن ن
6 فَكُلَا aljannata and you both eat أ ك ل
7 مِنْ fakula from
8 حَيْثُ min wherever ح ي ث
9 شِئْتُمَا haythu you both wish ش ي أ
10 وَلَا shituma but (do) not
11 تَقْرَبَا wala approach [both of you] ق ر ب
12 هَٰذِهِ taqraba this
13 الشَّجَرَةَ hathihi [the] tree ش ج ر
14 فَتَكُونَا alshshajarata lest you both be ك و ن
15 مِنَ fatakoona among
16 الظَّالِمِينَ mina the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 20

فَوَسْوَسَ لَهُمَا ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ لِيُبْدِىَ لَهُمَا مَا وُۥرِىَ عَنْهُمَا مِن سَوْءَٰتِهِمَا وَقَالَ مَا نَهَىٰكُمَا رَبُّكُمَا عَنْ هَٰذِهِ ٱلشَّجَرَةِ إِلَّآ أَن تَكُونَا مَلَكَيْنِ أَوْ تَكُونَا مِنَ ٱلْخَٰلِدِينَ.(20)

But Satan whispered to them to make apparent to them that which was concealed from them of their private parts. He said, "Your Lord did not forbid you this tree except that you become angels or become of the immortal." [Al-Araaf: 20]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 20

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But Satan whispered to them to make apparent to them that which was concealed from them of their private parts. He said, "Your Lord did not forbid you this tree except that you become angels or become of the immortal."

Transliteration

Ayah 20

Fawaswasa lahuma alshshaytanu liyubdiya lahuma ma wooriya AAanhuma min sawatihima waqala ma nahakuma rabbukuma AAan hathihi alshshajarati illa an takoona malakayni aw takoona mina alkhalideena

Word-by-word

Ayah 20

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَوَسْوَسَ alththalimeena Then whispered و س و س
2 لَهُمَا Fawaswasa to both of them
3 الشَّيْطَانُ lahuma the Shaitaan ش ط ن
4 لِيُبْدِىَ alshshaytanu to make apparent ب د و
5 لَهُمَا liyubdiya to both of them
6 مَا lahuma what
7 وُورِىَ ma was concealed و ر ي
8 عَنْهُمَا wooriya from both of them
9 مِن AAanhuma of
10 سَوْءَٰتِهِمَا min their shame س و أ
11 وَقَالَ sawatihima And he said ق و ل
12 مَا waqala (Did) not
13 نَهَاكُمَا ma forbid you both ن ه ي
14 رَبُّكُمَا nahakuma your Lord ر ب ب
15 عَنْ rabbukuma from
16 هَٰذِهِ AAan this
17 الشَّجَرَةِ hathihi [the] tree ش ج ر
18 إِلَّآ alshshajarati except
19 أَن illa that
20 تَكُونَا an you two become ك و ن
21 مَلَكَيْنِ takoona Angels م ل ك
22 أَوْ malakayni or
23 تَكُونَا aw you two become ك و ن
24 مِنَ takoona of
25 الْخَالِدِينَ mina the immortals خ ل د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 21

وَقَاسَمَهُمَآ إِنِّى لَكُمَا لَمِنَ ٱلنَّٰصِحِينَ.(21)

And he swore [by Allāh] to them, "Indeed, I am to you from among the sincere advisors." [Al-Araaf: 21]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 21

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And he swore [by Allāh] to them, "Indeed, I am to you from among the sincere advisors."

Transliteration

Ayah 21

Waqasamahuma innee lakuma lamina alnnasiheena

Word-by-word

Ayah 21

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَاسَمَهُمَآ alkhalideena And he swore (to) both of them ق س م
2 إِنِّى Waqasamahuma Indeed I am
3 لَكُمَا innee to both of you
4 لَمِنَ lakuma among
5 النَّاصِحِينَ lamina the sincere advisors ن ص ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 22

فَدَلَّىٰهُمَا بِغُرُورٍۢ ۚ فَلَمَّا ذَاقَا ٱلشَّجَرَةَ بَدَتْ لَهُمَا سَوْءَٰتُهُمَا وَطَفِقَا يَخْصِفَانِ عَلَيْهِمَا مِن وَرَقِ ٱلْجَنَّةِ ۖ وَنَادَىٰهُمَا رَبُّهُمَآ أَلَمْ أَنْهَكُمَا عَن تِلْكُمَا ٱلشَّجَرَةِ وَأَقُل لَّكُمَآ إِنَّ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنَ لَكُمَا عَدُوٌّ مُّبِينٌۭ.(22)

So he made them fall, through deception. And when they tasted of the tree, their private parts became apparent to them, and they began to fasten together over themselves from the leaves of Paradise. And their Lord called to them, "Did I not forbid you from that tree and tell you that Satan is to you a clear enemy?" [Al-Araaf: 22]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 22

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So he made them fall, through deception. And when they tasted of the tree, their private parts became apparent to them, and they began to fasten together over themselves from the leaves of Paradise. And their Lord called to them, "Did I not forbid you from that tree and tell you that Satan is to you a clear enemy?"

Transliteration

Ayah 22

Fadallahuma bighuroorin falamma thaqa alshshajarata badat lahuma sawatuhuma watafiqa yakhsifani AAalayhima min waraqi aljannati wanadahuma rabbuhuma alam anhakuma AAan tilkuma alshshajarati waaqul lakuma inna alshshaytana lakuma AAaduwwun mubeenun

Word-by-word

Ayah 22

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَدَلَّاهُمَا alnnasiheena So he made both of them fall د ل ل
2 بِغُرُورٍ Fadallahuma by deception غ ر ر
3 فَلَمَّا bighuroorin Then when
4 ذَاقَا falamma they both tasted ذ و ق
5 الشَّجَرَةَ thaqa the tree ش ج ر
6 بَدَتْ alshshajarata became apparent ب د و
7 لَهُمَا badat to both of them
8 سَوْءَٰتُهُمَا lahuma their shame س و أ
9 وَطَفِقَا sawatuhuma and they began ط ف ق
10 يَخْصِفَانِ watafiqa (to) fasten خ ص ف
11 عَلَيْهِمَا yakhsifani over themselves
12 مِن AAalayhima from
13 وَرَقِ min (the) leaves و ر ق
14 الْجَنَّةِ waraqi (of) the Garden ج ن ن
15 وَنَادَاهُمَا aljannati And called them both ن د و
16 رَبُّهُمَآ wanadahuma their Lord ر ب ب
17 أَلَمْ rabbuhuma Did not?
18 أَنْهَكُمَا alam I forbid you both ن ه ي
19 عَن anhakuma from
20 تِلْكُمَا AAan this
21 الشَّجَرَةِ tilkuma [the] tree ش ج ر
22 وَأَقُل alshshajarati and [I] say ق و ل
23 لَّكُمَآ waaqul to both of you
24 إِنَّ lakuma that
25 الشَّيْطَآنَ inna [the] Shaitaan ش ط ن
26 لَكُمَا alshshaytana to both of you
27 عَدُوٌّ lakuma (is) an enemy ع د و
28 مُّبِينٌ AAaduwwun open ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 23

قَالَا رَبَّنَا ظَلَمْنَآ أَنفُسَنَا وَإِن لَّمْ تَغْفِرْ لَنَا وَتَرْحَمْنَا لَنَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْخَٰسِرِينَ.(23)

They said, "Our Lord, we have wronged ourselves, and if You do not forgive us and have mercy upon us, we will surely be among the losers." [Al-Araaf: 23]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 23

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They said, "Our Lord, we have wronged ourselves, and if You do not forgive us and have mercy upon us, we will surely be among the losers."

Transliteration

Ayah 23

Qala rabbana thalamna anfusana wain lam taghfir lana watarhamna lanakoonanna mina alkhasireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 23

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَا mubeenun Both of them said ق و ل
2 رَبَّنَا Qala Our Lord ر ب ب
3 ظَلَمْنَا rabbana we have wronged ظ ل م
4 أَنفُسَنَا thalamna ourselves ن ف س
5 وَإِن anfusana and if
6 لَّمْ wain not
7 تَغْفِرْ lam You forgive غ ف ر
8 لَنَا taghfir [for] us
9 وَتَرْحَمْنَا lana and have mercy (on) us ر ح م
10 لَنَكُونَنَّ watarhamna surely we will be ك و ن
11 مِنَ lanakoonanna among
12 الْخَاسِرِينَ mina the losers خ س ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 24

قَالَ ٱهْبِطُوا۟ بَعْضُكُمْ لِبَعْضٍ عَدُوٌّ ۖ وَلَكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مُسْتَقَرٌّ وَمَتَٰعٌ إِلَىٰ حِينٍۢ.(24)

[Allāh] said, "Descend, being to one another enemies. And for you on the earth is a place of settlement and enjoyment [i.e., provision] for a time." [Al-Araaf: 24]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 24

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Allāh] said, "Descend, being to one another enemies. And for you on the earth is a place of settlement and enjoyment [i.e., provision] for a time."

Transliteration

Ayah 24

Qala ihbitoo baAAdukum libaAAdin AAaduwwun walakum fee alardi mustaqarrun wamataAAun ila heenin

Word-by-word

Ayah 24

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ alkhasireena (Allah) said ق و ل
2 اهْبِطُواْ Qala Get down ه ب ط
3 بَعْضُكُمْ ihbitoo some of you ب ع ض
4 لِبَعْضٍ baAAdukum to some others ب ع ض
5 عَدُوٌّ libaAAdin (as) enemy ع د و
6 وَلَكُمْ AAaduwwun And for you
7 فِى walakum in
8 الْأَرْضِ fee the earth أ ر ض
9 مُسْتَقَرٌّ alardi (is) a dwelling place ق ر ر
10 وَمَتَاعٌ mustaqarrun and livelihood م ت ع
11 إِلَىٰ wamataAAun for
12 حِينٍ ilaheenin a time ح ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 25

قَالَ فِيهَا تَحْيَوْنَ وَفِيهَا تَمُوتُونَ وَمِنْهَا تُخْرَجُونَ.(25)

He said, "Therein you will live, and therein you will die, and from it you will be brought forth." [Al-Araaf: 25]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 25

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

He said, "Therein you will live, and therein you will die, and from it you will be brought forth."

Transliteration

Ayah 25

Qala feeha tahyawna wafeeha tamootoona waminha tukhrajoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 25

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala He said ق و ل
2 فِيهَا feeha In it
3 تَحْيَوْنَ tahyawna you will live ح ي ي
4 وَفِيهَا wafeeha and in it
5 تَمُوتُونَ tamootoona you will die م و ت
6 وَمِنْهَا waminha and from it
7 تُخْرَجُونَ tukhrajoona you will be brought forth خ ر ج

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 26

يَـٰبَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ قَدْ أَنزَلْنَا عَلَيْكُمْ لِبَاسًا يُوَٰرِى سَوْءَٰتِكُمْ وَرِيشًا ۖ وَلِبَاسُ ٱلتَّقْوَىٰ ذَٰلِكَ خَيْرٌ ۚ ذَٰلِكَ مِنْ ءَايَـٰتِ ٱللَّـهِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَذَّكَّرُونَ(26)

O children of Adam, We have bestowed upon you clothing to conceal your private parts and as adornment. But the clothing of righteousness - that is best. That is from the signs of Allāh that perhaps they will remember. [Al-Araaf: 26]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 26

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O children of Adam, We have bestowed upon you clothing to conceal your private parts and as adornment. But the clothing of righteousness - that is best. That is from the signs of Allāh that perhaps they will remember.

Transliteration

Ayah 26

Ya banee adama qad anzalna AAalaykum libasan yuwaree sawatikum wareeshan walibasu alttaqwa thalika khayrun thalika min ayati Allahi laAAallahum yaththakkaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 26

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَابَنِىٓ Yabanee O Children ب ن ي
2 اٰدَمَ adama (of) Adam!
3 قَدْ qad Verily
4 أَنزَلْنَا anzalna We have sent down ن ز ل
5 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum to you
6 لِبَاسًا libasan clothing ل ب س
7 يُوَارِى yuwaree it covers و ر ي
8 سَوْءَٰتِكُمْ sawatikum your shame س و أ
9 وَرِيشًا wareeshan and (as) an adornment ر ي ش
10 وَلِبَاسُ walibasu But the clothing ل ب س
11 التَّقْوَىٰ alttaqwa (of) [the] righteousness و ق ي
12 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
13 خَيْرٌ khayrun (is) best خ ي ر
14 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That
15 مِنْ min (is) from
16 اٰيَاتِ ayati (the) Signs أ ي ي
17 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
18 لَعَلَّهُمْ laAAallahum so that they may
19 يَذَّكَّرُونَ yaththakkaroona remember ذ ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 27

يَٰبَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ لَا يَفْتِنَنَّكُمُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ كَمَآ أَخْرَجَ أَبَوَيْكُم مِّنَ ٱلْجَنَّةِ يَنزِعُ عَنْهُمَا لِبَاسَهُمَا لِيُرِيَهُمَا سَوْءَٰتِهِمَآ ۗ إِنَّهُۥ يَرَىٰكُمْ هُوَ وَقَبِيلُهُۥ مِنْ حَيْثُ لَا تَرَوْنَهُمْ ۗ إِنَّا جَعَلْنَا ٱلشَّيَٰطِينَ أَوْلِيَآءَ لِلَّذِينَ لَا يُؤْمِنُونَ.(27)

O children of Adam, let not Satan tempt you as he removed your parents from Paradise, stripping them of their clothing1 to show them their private parts. Indeed, he sees you, he and his tribe, from where you do not see them. Indeed, We have made the devils allies to those who do not believe. [Al-Araaf: 27]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 27

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O children of Adam, let not Satan tempt you as he removed your parents from Paradise, stripping them of their clothing1 to show them their private parts. Indeed, he sees you, he and his tribe, from where you do not see them. Indeed, We have made the devils allies to those who do not believe.

Transliteration

Ayah 27

Ya banee adama la yaftinannakumu alshshaytanu kama akhraja abawaykum mina aljannati yanziAAu AAanhuma libasahuma liyuriyahuma sawatihima innahu yarakum huwa waqabeeluhu min haythu la tarawnahum inna jaAAalna alshshayateena awliyaa lillatheena la yuminoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 27

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَابَنِىٓ Yabanee O Children ب ن ي
2 اٰدَمَ adama (of) Adam!
3 لَا la not
4 يَفْتِنَنَّكُمُ yaftinannakumu (Let) tempt you ف ت ن
5 الشَّيْطَانُ alshshaytanu [the] Shaitaan ش ط ن
6 كَمَآ kama as
7 أَخْرَجَ akhraja he drove out خ ر ج
8 أَبَوَيْكُم abawaykum your parents أ ب و
9 مِّنَ mina from
10 الْجَنَّةِ aljannati Paradise ج ن ن
11 يَنزِعُ yanziAAu stripping ن ز ع
12 عَنْهُمَا AAanhuma from both of them
13 لِبَاسَهُمَا libasahuma their clothing ل ب س
14 لِيُرِيَهُمَا liyuriyahuma to show both of them ر أ ي
15 سَوْءَٰتِهِمَآ sawatihima their shame س و أ
16 إِنَّهُۥ innahu Indeed he
17 يَرَاكُمْ yarakum sees you ر أ ي
18 هُوَ huwa he
19 وَقَبِيلُهُۥ waqabeeluhu and his tribe ق ب ل
20 مِنْ min from
21 حَيْثُ haythu where ح ي ث
22 لَا la not
23 تَرَوْنَهُمْ tarawnahum you see them ر أ ي
24 إِنَّا inna Indeed
25 جَعَلْنَا jaAAalna We have made ج ع ل
26 الشَّيَاطِينَ alshshayateena the devils ش ط ن
27 أَوْلِيَآءَ awliyaa friends و ل ي
28 لِلَّذِينَ lillatheena of those who
29 لَا la (do) not
30 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona believe أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 28

وَإِذَا فَعَلُوا۟ فَٰحِشَةًۭ قَالُوا۟ وَجَدْنَا عَلَيْهَآ ءَابَآءَنَا وَٱللَّهُ أَمَرَنَا بِهَا ۗ قُلْ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ لَا يَأْمُرُ بِٱلْفَحْشَآءِ ۖ أَتَقُولُونَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا تَعْلَمُونَ.(28)

And when they commit an immorality, they say, "We found our fathers doing it, and Allāh has ordered us to do it." Say, "Indeed, Allāh does not order immorality. Do you say about Allāh that which you do not know?" [Al-Araaf: 28]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 28

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when they commit an immorality, they say, "We found our fathers doing it, and Allāh has ordered us to do it." Say, "Indeed, Allāh does not order immorality. Do you say about Allāh that which you do not know?"

Transliteration

Ayah 28

Waitha faAAaloo fahishatan qaloo wajadna AAalayha abaana waAllahu amarana biha qul inna Allaha la yamuru bialfahshai ataqooloona AAala Allahi ma la taAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 28

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when
2 فَعَلُواْ faAAaloo they do ف ع ل
3 فَاحِشَةً fahishatan immorality ف ح ش
4 قَالُواْ qaloo they say ق و ل
5 وَجَدْنَا wajadna We found و ج د
6 عَلَيْهَآ AAalayha on it
7 اٰبَآءَنَا abaana our forefathers أ ب و
8 وَاللهُ waAllahu and Allah أ ل ه
9 أَمَرَنَا amarana (has) ordered us أ م ر
10 بِهَا biha of it
11 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
12 إِنَّ inna Indeed
13 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
14 لَا la (does) not
15 يَأْمُرُ yamuru order أ م ر
16 بِالْفَحْشَآءِ bialfahshai immorality ف ح ش
17 أَتَقُولُونَ ataqooloona Do you say? ق و ل
18 عَلَى AAala about
19 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
20 مَا ma what
21 لَا la not
22 تَعْلَمُونَ taAAlamoona you know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 29

قُلْ أَمَرَ رَبِّي بِالْقِسْطِ ۖ وَأَقِيمُوا وُجُوهَكُمْ عِندَ كُلِّ مَسْجِدٍ وَادْعُوهُ مُخْلِصِينَ لَهُ الدِّينَ ۚ كَمَا بَدَأَكُمْ تَعُودُونَ(29)

Say, [O Muḥammad], "My Lord has ordered justice and that you direct yourselves [to the Qiblah] at every place [or time] of prostration, and invoke Him, sincere to Him in religion." Just as He originated you, you will return [to life] - [Al-Araaf: 29]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 29

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, [O Muḥammad], "My Lord has ordered justice and that you direct yourselves [to the Qiblah] at every place [or time] of prostration, and invoke Him, sincere to Him in religion." Just as He originated you, you will return [to life] -

Transliteration

Ayah 29

Qul amara rabbee bialqisti waaqeemoo wujoohakum AAinda kulli masjidin waodAAoohu mukhliseena lahu alddeena kama badaakum taAAoodoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 29

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 أَمَرَ amara (Has been) ordered أ م ر
3 رَبِّى rabbee (by) my Lord ر ب ب
4 بِالْقِسْطِ bialqisti justice ق س ط
5 وَأَقِيمُواْ waaqeemoo and set ق و م
6 وُجُوهَكُمْ wujoohakum your faces و ج ه
7 عِندَ AAinda at ع ن د
8 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
9 مَسْجِدٍ masjidin masjid س ج د
10 وَادْعُوهُ waodAAoohu and invoke Him د ع و
11 مُخْلِصِينَ mukhliseena (being) sincere خ ل ص
12 لَهُ lahu to Him
13 الدِّينَ alddeena (in) the religion د ي ن
14 كَمَا kama As
15 بَدَأَكُمْ badaakum He originated you ب د أ
16 تَعُودُونَ taAAoodoona (so) will you return ع و د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 30

فَرِيقًا هَدَىٰ وَفَرِيقًا حَقَّ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلضَّلَٰلَةُ ۗ إِنَّهُمُ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ ٱلشَّيَٰطِينَ أَوْلِيَآءَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ وَيَحْسَبُونَ أَنَّهُم مُّهْتَدُونَ.(30)

A group [of you] He guided, and a group deserved [to be in] error. Indeed, they [i.e., the latter] had taken the devils as allies instead of Allāh while they thought that they were guided. [Al-Araaf: 30]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 30

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

A group [of you] He guided, and a group deserved [to be in] error. Indeed, they [i.e., the latter] had taken the devils as allies instead of Allāh while they thought that they were guided.

Transliteration

Ayah 30

Fareeqan hada wafareeqan haqqa AAalayhimu alddalalatu innahumu ittakhathoo alshshayateena awliyaa min dooni Allahi wayahsaboona annahum muhtadoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 30

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَرِيقًا Fareeqan A group ف ر ق
2 هَدَىٰ hada He guided ه د ي
3 وَفَرِيقًا wafareeqan and a group ف ر ق
4 حَقَّ haqqa deserved ح ق ق
5 عَلَيْهِمُ AAalayhimu [on] they
6 الضَّلَالَةُ alddalalatu the astraying ض ل ل
7 إِنَّهُمُ innahumu Indeed they
8 اتَّخَذُواْ ittakhathoo take أ خ ذ
9 الشَّيَاطِينَ alshshayateena the devils ش ط ن
10 أَوْلِيَآءَ awliyaa (as) allies و ل ي
11 مِن min from
12 دُونِ dooni besides د و ن
13 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
14 وَيَحْسَبُونَ wayahsaboona while they think ح س ب
15 أَنَّهُم annahum that they
16 مُّهْتَدُونَ muhtadoona (are the) guided-ones ه د ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 31

يَٰبَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ خُذُوا۟ زِينَتَكُمْ عِندَ كُلِّ مَسْجِدٍۢ وَكُلُوا۟ وَٱشْرَبُوا۟ وَلَا تُسْرِفُوٓا۟ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُسْرِفِينَ.(31)

O children of Adam, take your adornment [i.e., wear your clothing] at every masjid,1 and eat and drink, but be not excessive. Indeed, He likes not those who commit excess. [Al-Araaf: 31]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 31

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O children of Adam, take your adornment [i.e., wear your clothing] at every masjid,1 and eat and drink, but be not excessive. Indeed, He likes not those who commit excess.

Transliteration

Ayah 31

Ya banee adama khuthoo zeenatakum AAinda kulli masjidin wakuloo waishraboo wala tusrifoo innahu la yuhibbu almusrifeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 31

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَابَنِىٓ Yabanee O Children ب ن ي
2 اٰدَمَ adama (of) Adam!
3 خُذُواْ khuthoo Take أ خ ذ
4 زِينَتَكُمْ zeenatakum your adornment ز ي ن
5 عِندَ AAinda at ع ن د
6 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
7 مَسْجِدٍ masjidin masjid س ج د
8 وَكُلُواْ wakuloo and eat أ ك ل
9 وَاشْرَبُواْ waishraboo and drink ش ر ب
10 وَلَا wala but (do) not
11 تُسْرِفُوٓاْ tusrifoo be extravagant س ر ف
12 إِنَّهُۥ innahu Indeed He
13 لَا la (does) not
14 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu love ح ب ب
15 الْمُسْرِفِينَ almusrifeena the extravagant ones س ر ف

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 32

قُلْ مَنْ حَرَّمَ زِينَةَ ٱللَّهِ ٱلَّتِىٓ أَخْرَجَ لِعِبَادِهِۦ وَٱلطَّيِّبَٰتِ مِنَ ٱلرِّزْقِ ۚ قُلْ هِىَ لِلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ فِى ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا خَالِصَةًۭ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ ۗ كَذَٰلِكَ نُفَصِّلُ ٱلْآيَٰتِ لِقَوْمٍۢ يَعْلَمُونَ.(32)

Say, "Who has forbidden the adornment of [i.e., from] Allāh which He has produced for His servants and the good [lawful] things of provision?" Say, "They are for those who believed during the life of this world, exclusively [for them] on the Day of Resurrection." Thus do We detail the verses for a people who know. [Al-Araaf: 32]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 32

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "Who has forbidden the adornment of [i.e., from] Allāh which He has produced for His servants and the good [lawful] things of provision?" Say, "They are for those who believed during the life of this world, exclusively [for them] on the Day of Resurrection." Thus do We detail the verses for a people who know.

Transliteration

Ayah 32

Qul man harrama zeenata Allahi allatee akhraja liAAibadihi waalttayyibati mina alrrizqi qul hiya lillatheena amanoo fee alhayati alddunya khalisatan yawma alqiyamati kathalika nufassilu alayati liqawmin yaAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 32

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 مَنْ man Who?
3 حَرَّمَ harrama has forbidden ح ر م
4 زِينَةَ zeenata (the) adornment ز ي ن
5 اللهِ Allahi (from) Allah أ ل ه
6 الَّتِىٓ allatee which
7 أَخْرَجَ akhraja He has brought forth خ ر ج
8 لِعِبَادِهِۦ liAAibadihi for His slaves ع ب د
9 وَالْطَّيِّبَاتِ waalttayyibati and the pure things ط ي ب
10 مِنَ mina of
11 الرِّزْقِ alrrizqi sustenance ر ز ق
12 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
13 هِىَ hiya They
14 لِلَّذِينَ lillatheena (are) for those who
15 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe أ م ن
16 فِى fee during
17 الْحَيَاةِ alhayati the life ح ي ى
18 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (of) the world د ن و
19 خَالِصَةً khalisatan exclusively (for them) خ ل ص
20 يَوْمَ yawma (on the) Day ي و م
21 الْقِيَامَةِ alqiyamati (of) Resurrection ق و م
22 كَذَٰلِكَ kathalika Thus
23 نُفَصِّلُ nufassilu We explain ف ص ل
24 الاٰيَاتِ alayati the Signs أ ي ي
25 لِقَوْمٍ liqawmin for (the) people ق و م
26 يَعْلَمُونَ yaAAlamoona who know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 33

قُلْ إِنَّمَا حَرَّمَ رَبِّىَ ٱلْفَوَٰحِشَ مَا ظَهَرَ مِنْهَا وَمَا بَطَنَ وَٱلْإِثْمَ وَٱلْبَغْىَ بِغَيْرِ ٱلْحَقِّ وَأَن تُشْرِكُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ مَا لَمْ يُنَزِّلْ بِهِۦ سُلْطَٰنًۭا وَأَن تَقُولُوا۟ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا تَعْلَمُونَ.(33)

Say, "My Lord has only forbidden immoralities - what is apparent of them and what is concealed - and sin,1 and oppression without right, and that you associate with Allāh that for which He has not sent down authority, and that you say about Allāh that which you do not know." [Al-Araaf: 33]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 33

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "My Lord has only forbidden immoralities - what is apparent of them and what is concealed - and sin,1 and oppression without right, and that you associate with Allāh that for which He has not sent down authority, and that you say about Allāh that which you do not know."

Transliteration

Ayah 33

Qul innama harrama rabbiya alfawahisha ma thahara minha wama batana waalithma waalbaghya bighayri alhaqqi waan tushrikoo biAllahi ma lam yunazzil bihi sultanan waan taqooloo AAala Allahi ma la taAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 33

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 إِنَّمَا innama Only
3 حَرَّمَ harrama (had) forbidden ح ر م
4 رَبِّىَ rabbiya my Lord ر ب ب
5 الْفَوَاحِشَ alfawahisha the shameful deeds ف ح ش
6 مَا ma what
7 ظَهَرَ thahara (is) apparent ظ ه ر
8 مِنْهَا minha of it
9 وَمَا wama and what
10 بَطَنَ batana is concealed ب ط ن
11 وَالْإِثْمَ waalithma and the sin أ ث م
12 وَالْبَغْىَ waalbaghya and the oppression ب غ ي
13 بِغَيْرِ bighayri without غ ي ر
14 الْحَقِّ alhaqqi [the] right ح ق ق
15 وَأَن waan and that
16 تُشْرِكُواْ tushrikoo you associate (others) ش ر ك
17 بِاللهِ biAllahi with Allah أ ل ه
18 مَا ma what
19 لَمْ lam not
20 يُنَزِّلْ yunazzil He (has) sent down ن ز ل
21 بِهِۦ bihi of it
22 سُلْطَانًا sultanan any authority س ل ط
23 وَأَن waan and that
24 تَقُولُواْ taqooloo you say ق و ل
25 عَلَى AAala about
26 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
27 مَا ma what
28 لَا la not
29 تَعْلَمُونَ taAAlamoona you know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 34

وَلِكُلِّ أُمَّةٍ أَجَلٌۭ ۖ فَإِذَا جَآءَ أَجَلُهُمْ لَا يَسْتَأْخِرُونَ سَاعَةًۭ ۖ وَلَا يَسْتَقْدِمُونَ.(34)

And for every nation is a [specified] term. So when their time has come, they will not remain behind an hour, nor will they precede [it]. [Al-Araaf: 34]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 34

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And for every nation is a [specified] term. So when their time has come, they will not remain behind an hour, nor will they precede [it].

Transliteration

Ayah 34

Walikulli ommatin ajalun faitha jaa ajaluhum la yastakhiroona saAAatan wala yastaqdimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 34

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلِكُلِّ Walikulli And for every ك ل ل
2 أُمَّةٍ ommatin nation أ م م
3 أَجَلٌ ajalun (is a fixed) term أ ج ل
4 فَإِذَا faitha So when
5 جَآءَ jaa comes ج ي أ
6 أَجَلُهُمْ ajaluhum their term أ ج ل
7 لَا la (they can) not
8 يَسْتَأْخِرُونَ yastakhiroona seek to delay أ خ ر
9 سَاعَةً saAAatan an hour س و ع
10 وَلَا wala and not
11 يَسْتَقْدِمُونَ yastaqdimoona seek to advance (it) ق د م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 35

يَٰبَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ إِمَّا يَأْتِيَنَّكُمْ رُسُلٌۭ مِّنكُمْ يَقُصُّونَ عَلَيْكُمْ ءَايَٰتِى ۙ فَمَنِ ٱتَّقَىٰ وَأَصْلَحَ فَلَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْهِمْ وَلَا هُمْ يَحْزَنُونَ.(35)

O children of Adam, if there come to you messengers from among you relating to you My verses [i.e., scriptures and laws], then whoever fears Allāh and reforms - there will be no fear concerning them, nor will they grieve. [Al-Araaf: 35]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 35

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

O children of Adam, if there come to you messengers from among you relating to you My verses [i.e., scriptures and laws], then whoever fears Allāh and reforms - there will be no fear concerning them, nor will they grieve.

Transliteration

Ayah 35

Ya banee adama imma yatiyannakum rusulun minkum yaqussoona AAalaykum ayatee famani ittaqa waaslaha fala khawfun AAalayhim wala hum yahzanoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 35

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَابَنِىٓ Yabanee O Children ب ن ي
2 اٰدَمَ adama (of) Adam!
3 إِمَّا imma If
4 يَأْتِيَنَّكُمْ yatiyannakum come to you أ ت ي
5 رُسُلٌ rusulun Messengers ر س ل
6 مِّنكُمْ minkum from you
7 يَقُصُّونَ yaqussoona relating ق ص ص
8 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum to you
9 اٰيَاتِى ayatee My Verses أ ي ي
10 فَمَنِ famani then whoever
11 اتَّقَىٰ ittaqa fears Allah و ق ي
12 وَأَصْلَحَ waaslaha and reforms ص ل ح
13 فَلَا fala then no
14 خَوْفٌ khawfun fear خ و ف
15 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim on them
16 وَلَا wala and not
17 هُمْ hum they
18 يَحْزَنُونَ yahzanoona will grieve ح ز ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 36

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا وَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ عَنْهَآ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلنَّارِ ۖ هُمْ فِيهَا خَٰلِدُونَ.(36)

But the ones who deny Our verses and are arrogant toward them - those are the companions of the Fire; they will abide therein eternally. [Al-Araaf: 36]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 36

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But the ones who deny Our verses and are arrogant toward them - those are the companions of the Fire; they will abide therein eternally.

Transliteration

Ayah 36

Waallatheena kaththaboo biayatina waistakbaroo AAanha olaika ashabu alnnari hum feeha khalidoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 36

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالَّذِينَ Waallatheena But those who
2 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo deny ك ذ ب
3 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina Our Verses أ ي ي
4 وَاسْتَكْبَرُواْ waistakbaroo and (are) arrogant ك ب ر
5 عَنْهَآ AAanha towards them
6 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika those
7 أَصْحَابُ ashabu (are the) companions ص ح ب
8 النَّارِ alnnari (of) the Fire ن و ر
9 هُمْ hum they
10 فِيهَا feeha in it
11 خَالِدُونَ khalidoona will abide forever خ ل د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 37

فَمَنْ أَظْلَمُ مِمَّنِ ٱفْتَرَىٰ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا أَوْ كَذَّبَ بِـَٔايَٰتِهِۦٓ ۚ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ يَنَالُهُمْ نَصِيبُهُم مِّنَ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ ۖ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا جَآءَتْهُمْ رُسُلُنَا يَتَوَفَّوْنَهُمْ قَالُوٓا۟ أَيْنَ مَا كُنتُمْ تَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ قَالُوا۟ ضَلُّوا۟ عَنَّا وَشَهِدُوا۟ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ أَنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ كَٰفِرِينَ.(37)

And who is more unjust than one who invents about Allāh a lie or denies His verses? Those will attain their portion of the decree1 until, when Our messengers [i.e., angels] come to them to take them in death, they will say, "Where are those you used to invoke besides Allāh?" They will say, "They have departed from us," and will bear witness against themselves that they were disbelievers. [Al-Araaf: 37]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 37

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And who is more unjust than one who invents about Allāh a lie or denies His verses? Those will attain their portion of the decree1 until, when Our messengers [i.e., angels] come to them to take them in death, they will say, "Where are those you used to invoke besides Allāh?" They will say, "They have departed from us," and will bear witness against themselves that they were disbelievers.

Transliteration

Ayah 37

Faman athlamu mimmani iftara AAala Allahi kathiban aw kaththaba biayatihi olaika yanaluhum naseebuhum mina alkitabi hatta itha jaathum rusuluna yatawaffawnahum qaloo ayna ma kuntum tadAAoona min dooni Allahi qaloo dalloo AAanna washahidoo AAala anfusihim annahum kanoo kafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 37

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَمَنْ Faman Then who?
2 أَظْلَمُ athlamu (is) more unjust ظ ل م
3 مِمَّنِ mimmani than (one) who
4 افْتَرَىٰ iftara invented ف ر ي
5 عَلَى AAala against
6 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
7 كَذِبًا kathiban a lie ك ذ ب
8 أَوْ aw or
9 كَذَّبَ kaththaba denies ك ذ ب
10 بِاٰيَاتِهِۦ biayatihi His Verses أ ي ي
11 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika Those
12 يَنَالُهُمْ yanaluhum will reach them ن ي ل
13 نَصِيبُهُم naseebuhum their portion ن ص ب
14 مِّنَ mina from
15 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi the Book ك ت ب
16 حَتَّىٰٓ hatta until
17 إِذَا itha when
18 جَآءَتْهُمْ jaathum comes to them ج ي أ
19 رُسُلُنَا rusuluna Our messengers (Angels) ر س ل
20 يَتَوَفَّوْنَهُمْ yatawaffawnahum (to) take them in death و ف ي
21 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo they say ق و ل
22 أَيْنَ ayna Where are?
23 مَا ma those (whom)
24 كُنتُمْ kuntum you used to ك و ن
25 تَدْعُونَ tadAAoona invoke د ع و
26 مِن min from
27 دُونِ dooni besides د و ن
28 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
29 قَالُواْ qaloo They say ق و ل
30 ضَلُّواْ dalloo They strayed ض ل ل
31 عَنَّا AAanna from us
32 وَشَهِدُواْ washahidoo and they (will) testify ش ه د
33 عَلَىٰٓ AAala against
34 أَنفُسِهِمْ anfusihim themselves ن ف س
35 أَنَّهُمْ annahum that they
36 كَانُواْ kanoo were ك و ن
37 كَافِرِينَ kafireena disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 38

قَالَ ٱدْخُلُوا۟ فِىٓ أُمَمٍۢ قَدْ خَلَتْ مِن قَبْلِكُم مِّنَ ٱلْجِنِّ وَٱلْإِنسِ فِى ٱلنَّارِ ۖ كُلَّمَا دَخَلَتْ أُمَّةٌۭ لَّعَنَتْ أُخْتَهَا ۖ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَا ٱدَّارَكُوا۟ فِيهَا جَمِيعًۭا قَالَتْ أُخْرَىٰهُمْ لِأُولَىٰهُمْ رَبَّنَا هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ أَضَلُّونَا فَـَٔاتِهِمْ عَذَابًۭا ضِعْفًۭا مِّنَ ٱلنَّارِ ۖ قَالَ لِكُلٍّۢ ضِعْفٌۭ وَلَٰكِن لَّا تَعْلَمُونَ.(38)

[Allāh] will say, "Enter among nations which had passed on before you of jinn and mankind into the Fire." Every time a nation enters, it will curse its sister1 until, when they have all overtaken one another therein, the last of them2 will say about the first of them,3 "Our Lord, these had misled us, so give them a double punishment of the Fire." He will say, "For each is double, but you do not know." [Al-Araaf: 38]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 38

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Allāh] will say, "Enter among nations which had passed on before you of jinn and mankind into the Fire." Every time a nation enters, it will curse its sister1 until, when they have all overtaken one another therein, the last of them2 will say about the first of them,3 "Our Lord, these had misled us, so give them a double punishment of the Fire." He will say, "For each is double, but you do not know."

Transliteration

Ayah 38

Qala odkhuloo fee omamin qad khalat min qablikum mina aljinni waalinsi fee alnnari kullama dakhalat ommatun laAAanat okhtaha hatta itha iddarakoo feeha jameeAAan qalat okhrahum lioolahum rabbana haolai adalloona faatihim AAathaban diAAfan mina alnnari qala likullin diAAfun walakin la taAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 38

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala He (will) say ق و ل
2 ادْخُلُواْ odkhuloo Enter د خ ل
3 فِىٓ fee among
4 أُمَمٍ omamin (the) nations أ م م
5 قَدْ qad (who)
6 خَلَتْ khalat passed away خ ل و
7 مِن min from
8 قَبْلِكُم qablikum before you ق ب ل
9 مِّنْ mina of
10 الْجِنِّ aljinni the jinn ج ن ن
11 وَالْإِنسِ waalinsi and the men أ ن س
12 فِى fee in
13 النَّارِ alnnari the Fire ن و ر
14 كُلَّمَا kullama Every time ك ل ل
15 دَخَلَتْ dakhalat entered د خ ل
16 أُمَّةٌ ommatun a nation أ م م
17 لَّعَنَتْ laAAanat it cursed ل ع ن
18 أُخْتَهَا okhtaha its sister (nation) أ خ و
19 حَتَّىٰٓ hatta until
20 إِذَا itha when
21 ادَّارَكُواْ iddarakoo they had overtaken one another د ر ك
22 فِيهَا feeha in it
23 جَمِيعًا jameeAAan all ج م ع
24 قَالَتْ qalat (will) say ق و ل
25 أُخْرَاهُمْ okhrahum (the) last of them أ خ ر
26 لِأُولَاهُمْ lioolahum about the first of them أ و ل
27 رَبَّنَا rabbana Our Lord ر ب ب
28 هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ haolai these
29 أَضَلُّونَا adalloona misled us ض ل ل
30 فَـَٔاتِهِمْ faatihim so give them أ ت ي
31 عَذَابًا AAathaban punishment ع ذ ب
32 ضِعْفًا diAAfan double ض ع ف
33 مِّنَ mina of
34 النَّارِ alnnari the Fire ن و ر
35 قَالَ qala He (will) say ق و ل
36 لِكُلٍّ likullin For each ك ل ل
37 ضِعْفٌ diAAfun (is) a double ض ع ف
38 وَلَٰكِن walakin [and] but
39 لَّا la not
40 تَعْلَمُونَ taAAlamoona you know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 39

وَقَالَتْ أُولَىٰهُمْ لِأُخْرَىٰهُمْ فَمَا كَانَ لَكُمْ عَلَيْنَا مِن فَضْلٍۢ فَذُوقُوا۟ ٱلْعَذَابَ بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَكْسِبُونَ.(39)

And the first of them will say to the last of them, "Then you had not any favor over us, so taste the punishment for what you used to earn." [Al-Araaf: 39]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 39

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And the first of them will say to the last of them, "Then you had not any favor over us, so taste the punishment for what you used to earn."

Transliteration

Ayah 39

Waqalat oolahum liokhrahum fama kana lakum AAalayna min fadlin fathooqoo alAAathaba bima kuntum taksiboona

Word-by-word

Ayah 39

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَالَتْ Waqalat And (will) say ق و ل
2 أُولَىٰهُمْ oolahum (the) first of them أ و ل
3 لِأُخْرَاهُمْ liokhrahum to (the) last of them أ خ ر
4 فَمَا fama Then not
5 كَانَ kana is ك و ن
6 لَكُمْ lakum for you
7 عَلَيْنَا AAalayna upon us
8 مِن min any
9 فَضْلٍ fadlin superiority ف ض ل
10 فَذُوقُواْ fathooqoo so taste ذ و ق
11 الْعَذَابَ alAAathaba the punishment ع ذ ب
12 بِمَا bima for what
13 كُنتُمْ kuntum you used to ك و ن
14 تَكْسِبُونَ taksiboona earn ك س ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 40

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا وَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ عَنْهَا لَا تُفَتَّحُ لَهُمْ أَبْوَٰبُ ٱلسَّمَآءِ وَلَا يَدْخُلُونَ ٱلْجَنَّةَ حَتَّىٰ يَلِجَ ٱلْجَمَلُ فِى سَمِّ ٱلْخِيَاطِ ۚ وَكَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ.(40)

Indeed, those who deny Our verses and are arrogant toward them - the gates of Heaven will not be opened for them, nor will they enter Paradise until a camel enters into the eye of a needle [i.e., never]. And thus do We recompense the criminals. [Al-Araaf: 40]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 40

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who deny Our verses and are arrogant toward them - the gates of Heaven will not be opened for them, nor will they enter Paradise until a camel enters into the eye of a needle [i.e., never]. And thus do We recompense the criminals.

Transliteration

Ayah 40

Inna allatheena kaththaboo biayatina waistakbaroo AAanha la tufattahu lahum abwabu alssamai wala yadkhuloona aljannata hatta yalija aljamalu fee sammi alkhiyati wakathalika najzee almujrimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 40

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo denied ك ذ ب
4 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina Our Verses أ ي ي
5 وَاسْتَكْبَرُواْ waistakbaroo and (were) arrogant ك ب ر
6 عَنْهَا AAanha towards them
7 لَا la (will) not
8 تُفَتَّحُ tufattahu be opened ف ت ح
9 لَهُمْ lahum for them
10 أَبْوَابُ abwabu (the) doors ب و ب
11 السَّمَآءِ alssamai (of) the heaven س م و
12 وَلَا wala and not
13 يَدْخُلُونَ yadkhuloona they will enter د خ ل
14 الْجَنَّةَ aljannata Paradise ج ن ن
15 حَتَّىٰ hatta until
16 يَلِجَ yalija passes و ل ج
17 الْجَمَلُ aljamalu the camel ج م ل
18 فِى fee through
19 سَمِّ sammi (the) eye س م م
20 الْخِيَاطِ alkhiyati (of) the needle خ ي ط
21 وَكَذَٰلِكَ wakathalika And thus
22 نَجْزِى najzee We recompense ج ز ي
23 الْمُجْرِمِينَ almujrimeena the criminals ج ر م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 41

لَهُم مِّن جَهَنَّمَ مِهَادٌۭ وَمِن فَوْقِهِمْ غَوَاشٍۢ ۚ وَكَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ.(41)

They will have from Hell a bed and over them coverings [of fire]. And thus do We recompense the wrongdoers. [Al-Araaf: 41]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 41

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They will have from Hell a bed and over them coverings [of fire]. And thus do We recompense the wrongdoers.

Transliteration

Ayah 41

Lahum min jahannama mihadun wamin fawqihim ghawashin wakathalika najzee alththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 41

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَهُم Lahum For them
2 مِّن min of
3 جَهَنَّمَ jahannama (the) Hell
4 مِهَادٌ mihadun (is) a bed م ه د
5 وَمِن wamin and from
6 فَوْقِهِمْ fawqihim over them ف و ق
7 غَوَاشٍ ghawashin coverings غ ش و
8 وَكَذَٰلِكَ wakathalika And thus
9 نَجْزِى najzee We recompense ج ز ي
10 الظَّالِمِينَ alththalimeena the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 42

وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَعَمِلُوا۟ ٱلصَّٰلِحَٰتِ لَا نُكَلِّفُ نَفْسًا إِلَّا وُسْعَهَآ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلْجَنَّةِ ۖ هُمْ فِيهَا خَٰلِدُونَ.(42)

But those who believed and did righteous deeds - We charge no soul except [within] its capacity. Those are the companions of Paradise; they will abide therein eternally. [Al-Araaf: 42]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 42

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But those who believed and did righteous deeds - We charge no soul except [within] its capacity. Those are the companions of Paradise; they will abide therein eternally.

Transliteration

Ayah 42

Waallatheena amanoo waAAamiloo alssalihati la nukallifu nafsan illa wusAAaha olaika ashabu aljannati hum feeha khalidoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 42

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالَّذِينَ Waallatheena But those who
2 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe أ م ن
3 وَعَمِلُواْ waAAamiloo and do ع م ل
4 الصَّالِحَاتِ alssalihati [the] righteous deeds ص ل ح
5 لَا la not
6 نُكَلِّفُ nukallifu We burden ك ل ف
7 نَفْسًا nafsan any soul ن ف س
8 إِلَّا illa except
9 وُسْعَهَآ wusAAaha (to) its capacity و س ع
10 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika Those
11 أَصْحَابُ ashabu (are the) companions ص ح ب
12 الْجَنَّةِ aljannati (of) Paradise ج ن ن
13 هُمْ hum they
14 فِيهَا feeha in it
15 خَالِدُونَ khalidoona (will) abide forever خ ل د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 43

وَنَزَعْنَا مَا فِى صُدُورِهِم مِّنْ غِلٍّۢ تَجْرِى مِن تَحْتِهِمُ ٱلْأَنْهَٰرُ ۖ وَقَالُوا۟ ٱلْحَمْدُ لِلَّهِ ٱلَّذِى هَدَىٰنَا لِهَٰذَا وَمَا كُنَّا لِنَهْتَدِىَ لَوْلَآ أَنْ هَدَىٰنَا ٱللَّهُ ۖ لَقَدْ جَآءَتْ رُسُلُ رَبِّنَا بِٱلْحَقِّ ۖ وَنُودُوٓا۟ أَن تِلْكُمُ ٱلْجَنَّةُ أُورِثْتُمُوهَا بِمَا كُنتُمْ تَعْمَلُونَ.(43)

And We will have removed whatever is within their breasts of resentment,1 [while] flowing beneath them are rivers. And they will say, "Praise to Allāh, who has guided us to this; and we would never have been guided if Allāh had not guided us. Certainly the messengers of our Lord had come with the truth." And they will be called, "This is Paradise, which you have been made to inherit for what you used to do." [Al-Araaf: 43]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 43

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We will have removed whatever is within their breasts of resentment,1 [while] flowing beneath them are rivers. And they will say, "Praise to Allāh, who has guided us to this; and we would never have been guided if Allāh had not guided us. Certainly the messengers of our Lord had come with the truth." And they will be called, "This is Paradise, which you have been made to inherit for what you used to do."

Transliteration

Ayah 43

WanazaAAna ma fee sudoorihim min ghillin tajree min tahtihimu alanharu waqaloo alhamdu lillahi allathee hadana lihatha wama kunna linahtadiya lawla an hadana Allahu laqad jaat rusulu rabbina bialhaqqi wanoodoo an tilkumu aljannatu oorithtumooha bima kuntum taAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 43

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَنَزَعْنَا WanazaAAna And We will remove ن ز ع
2 مَا ma whatever
3 فِى fee (is) in
4 صُدُورِهِم sudoorihim their breasts ص د ر
5 مِّنْ min of
6 غِلٍّ ghillin malice غ ل ل
7 تَجْرِى tajree Flows ج ر ي
8 مِن min from
9 تَحْتِهِمُ tahtihimu underneath them ت ح ت
10 الْأَنْهَارُ alanharu the rivers ن ه ر
11 وَقَالُواْ waqaloo And they will say ق و ل
12 الْحَمْدُ alhamdu All the praise ح م د
13 لِلّٰهِ lillahi (is) for Allah أ ل ه
14 الَّذِى allathee the One Who
15 هَدَانَا hadana guided us ه د ي
16 لِهَٰذَا lihatha to this
17 وَمَا wama and not
18 كُنَّا kunna we were ك و ن
19 لِنَهْتَدِىَ linahtadiya to receive guidance ه د ي
20 لَوْلَآ lawla if not
21 أَنْ an [that]
22 هَدَانَا hadana (had) guided us ه د ي
23 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
24 لَقَدْ laqad Certainly
25 جَآءَتْ jaat came ج ي أ
26 رُسُلُ rusulu Messengers ر س ل
27 رَبِّنَا rabbina (of) our Lord ر ب ب
28 بِالْحَقِّ bialhaqqi with the truth ح ق ق
29 وَنُودُوٓاْ wanoodoo And they will be addressed ن د و
30 أَن an [that]
31 تِلْكُمُ tilkumu This
32 الْجَنَّةُ aljannatu (is) Paradise ج ن ن
33 أُورِثْتُمُوهَا oorithtumooha you have been made to inherit it و ر ث
34 بِمَا bima for what
35 كُنتُمْ kuntum you used to ك و ن
36 تَعْمَلُونَ taAAmaloona do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 44

وَنَادَىٰٓ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلْجَنَّةِ أَصْحَٰبَ ٱلنَّارِ أَن قَدْ وَجَدْنَا مَا وَعَدَنَا رَبُّنَا حَقًّا فَهَلْ وَجَدتُّم مَّا وَعَدَ رَبُّكُمْ حَقًّا ۖ قَالُوا۟ نَعَمْ ۚ فَأَذَّنَ مُؤَذِّنٌۢ بَيْنَهُمْ أَن لَّعْنَةُ ٱللَّهِ عَلَى ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ.(44)

And the companions of Paradise will call out to the companions of the Fire, "We have already found what our Lord promised us to be true. Have you found what your Lord promised to be true?" They will say, "Yes." Then an announcer will announce among them, "The curse of Allāh shall be upon the wrongdoers [Al-Araaf: 44]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 44

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And the companions of Paradise will call out to the companions of the Fire, "We have already found what our Lord promised us to be true. Have you found what your Lord promised to be true?" They will say, "Yes." Then an announcer will announce among them, "The curse of Allāh shall be upon the wrongdoers

Transliteration

Ayah 44

Wanada ashabu aljannati ashaba alnnari an qad wajadna ma waAAadana rabbuna haqqan fahal wajadtum ma waAAada rabbukum haqqan qaloo naAAam faaththana muaththinun baynahum an laAAnatu Allahi AAala alththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 44

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَنَادَىٰٓ Wanada And will call out ن د و
2 أَصْحَابُ ashabu (the) companions ص ح ب
3 الْجَنَّةِ aljannati (of) Paradise ج ن ن
4 أَصْحَابَ ashaba (to the) companions ص ح ب
5 النَّارِ alnnari (of) the Fire ن و ر
6 أَن an that
7 قَدْ qad Indeed
8 وَجَدْنَا wajadna we found و ج د
9 مَا ma what
10 وَعَدَنَا waAAadana (had) promised us و ع د
11 رَبُّنَا rabbuna our Lord ر ب ب
12 حَقًّا haqqan TRUE ح ق ق
13 فَهَلْ fahal So have?
14 وَجَدتُّم wajadtum you found و ج د
15 مَّا ma what
16 وَعَدَ waAAada (was) promised و ع د
17 رَبُّكُمْ rabbukum (by) your Lord ر ب ب
18 حَقًّا haqqan (to be) true ح ق ق
19 قَالُواْ qaloo They will say ق و ل
20 نَعَمْ naAAam Yes
21 فَأَذَّنَ faaththana Then will announce أ ذ ن
22 مُؤَذِّنٌ muaththinun an announcer أ ذ ن
23 بَيْنَهُمْ baynahum among them ب ي ن
24 أَن an [that]
25 لَّعْنَةُ laAAnatu (The) curse ل ع ن
26 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
27 عَلَى AAala (is) on
28 الظَّالِمِينَ alththalimeena the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 45

ٱلَّذِينَ يَصُدُّونَ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ وَيَبْغُونَهَا عِوَجًۭا وَهُم بِٱلْآخِرَةِ كَٰفِرُونَ.(45)

Who averted [people] from the way of Allāh and sought to make it [seem] deviant while they were, concerning the Hereafter, disbelievers." [Al-Araaf: 45]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 45

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Who averted [people] from the way of Allāh and sought to make it [seem] deviant while they were, concerning the Hereafter, disbelievers."

Transliteration

Ayah 45

Allatheena yasuddoona AAan sabeeli Allahi wayabghoonaha AAiwajan wahum bialakhirati kafiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 45

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those who
2 يَصُدُّونَ yasuddoona hinder ص د د
3 عَن AAan from
4 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
5 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
6 وَيَبْغُونَهَا wayabghoonaha and seek in it ب غ ي
7 عِوَجًا AAiwajan crookedness ع و ج
8 وَهُم wahum while they (are)
9 بِالْاَٰخِرَةِ bialakhirati concerning the Hereafter أ خ ر
10 كَافِرُونَ kafiroona disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 46

وَبَيْنَهُمَا حِجَابٌۭ ۚ وَعَلَى ٱلْأَعْرَافِ رِجَالٌۭ يَعْرِفُونَ كُلًّۢا بِسِيمَىٰهُمْ ۚ وَنَادَوْا۟ أَصْحَٰبَ ٱلْجَنَّةِ أَن سَلَٰمٌ عَلَيْكُمْ ۚ لَمْ يَدْخُلُوهَا وَهُمْ يَطْمَعُونَ.(46)

And between them will be a partition [i.e., wall], and on [its] elevations are men1 who recognize all2 by their mark. And they call out to the companions of Paradise, "Peace be upon you." They have not [yet] entered it, but they long intensely. [Al-Araaf: 46]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 46

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And between them will be a partition [i.e., wall], and on [its] elevations are men1 who recognize all2 by their mark. And they call out to the companions of Paradise, "Peace be upon you." They have not [yet] entered it, but they long intensely.

Transliteration

Ayah 46

Wabaynahuma hijabun waAAala alaAArafi rijalun yaAArifoona kullan biseemahum wanadaw ashaba aljannati an salamun AAalaykum lam yadkhulooha wahum yatmaAAoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 46

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَبَيْنَهُمَا Wabaynahuma And between them ب ي ن
2 حِجَابٌ hijabun (will be) a partition ح ج ب
3 وَعَلَى waAAala and on
4 الْأَعْرَافِ alaAArafi the heights ع ر ف
5 رِجَالٌ rijalun (will be) men ر ج ل
6 يَعْرِفُونَ yaAArifoona recognizing ع ر ف
7 كُلًّا kullan all ك ل ل
8 بِسِيمَاهُمْ biseemahum by their marks س و م
9 وَنَادَوْاْ wanadaw And they will call out ن د و
10 أَصْحَابَ ashaba (to the) companions ص ح ب
11 الْجَنَّةِ aljannati (of) Paradise ج ن ن
12 أَن an that
13 سَلَامٌ salamun Peace س ل م
14 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum (be) upon you
15 لَمْ lam Not
16 يَدْخُلُوهَا yadkhulooha they have entered it د خ ل
17 وَهُمْ wahum but they
18 يَطْمَعُونَ yatmaAAoona hope ط م ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 47

وَإِذَا صُرِفَتْ أَبْصَٰرُهُمْ تِلْقَآءَ أَصْحَٰبِ ٱلنَّارِ قَالُوا۟ رَبَّنَا لَا تَجْعَلْنَا مَعَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ.(47)

And when their eyes are turned toward the companions of the Fire, they say, "Our Lord, do not place us with the wrongdoing people." [Al-Araaf: 47]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 47

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when their eyes are turned toward the companions of the Fire, they say, "Our Lord, do not place us with the wrongdoing people."

Transliteration

Ayah 47

Waitha surifat absaruhum tilqaa ashabi alnnari qaloo rabbana la tajAAalna maAAa alqawmi alththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 47

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when
2 صُرِفَتْ surifat are turned ص ر ف
3 أَبْصَارُهُمْ absaruhum their eyes ب ص ر
4 تِلْقَآءَ tilqaa towards ل ق ي
5 أَصْحَابِ ashabi (the) companions ص ح ب
6 النَّارِ alnnari (of) the Fire ن و ر
7 قَالُواْ qaloo they (will) say ق و ل
8 رَبَّنَا rabbana Our Lord! ر ب ب
9 لَا la (Do) not
10 تَجْعَلْنَا tajAAalna place us ج ع ل
11 مَعَ maAAa with
12 الْقَوْمِ alqawmi the people ق و م
13 الظَّالِمِينَ alththalimeena the wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 48

وَنَادَىٰٓ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلْأَعْرَافِ رِجَالًۭا يَعْرِفُونَهُم بِسِيمَىٰهُمْ قَالُوا۟ مَآ أَغْنَىٰ عَنكُمْ جَمْعُكُمْ وَمَا كُنتُمْ تَسْتَكْبِرُونَ.(48)

And the companions of the Elevations will call to men [within Hell] whom they recognize by their mark, saying, "Of no avail to you was your gathering1 and [the fact] that you were arrogant." [Al-Araaf: 48]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 48

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And the companions of the Elevations will call to men [within Hell] whom they recognize by their mark, saying, "Of no avail to you was your gathering1 and [the fact] that you were arrogant."

Transliteration

Ayah 48

Wanada ashabu alaAArafi rijalan yaAArifoonahum biseemahum qaloo ma aghna AAankum jamAAukum wama kuntum tastakbiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 48

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَنَادَىٰٓ Wanada And (will) call out ن د و
2 أَصْحَابُ ashabu (the) companions ص ح ب
3 الْأَعْرَافِ alaAArafi (of) the heights ع ر ف
4 رِجَالًا rijalan (to) men ر ج ل
5 يَعْرِفُونَهُم yaAArifoonahum whom they recognize ع ر ف
6 بِسِيمَاهُمْ biseemahum by their marks س و م
7 قَالُواْ qaloo saying ق و ل
8 مَآ ma Not
9 أَغْنَىٰ aghna (has) availed غ ن ي
10 عَنكُمْ AAankum [to] you
11 جَمْعُكُمْ jamAAukum your gathering ج م ع
12 وَمَا wama and what
13 كُنتُمْ kuntum you were ك و ن
14 تَسْتَكْبِرُونَ tastakbiroona arrogant (about) ك ب ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 49

أَهَٰٓؤُلَآءِ ٱلَّذِينَ أَقْسَمْتُمْ لَا يَنَالُهُمُ ٱللَّهُ بِرَحْمَةٍ ۚ ٱدْخُلُوا۟ ٱلْجَنَّةَ لَا خَوْفٌ عَلَيْكُمْ وَلَآ أَنتُمْ تَحْزَنُونَ.(49)

[Allāh will say], "Are these1 the ones whom you [inhabitants of Hell] swore that Allāh would never offer them mercy? Enter Paradise, [O people of the Elevations]. No fear will there be concerning you, nor will you grieve." [Al-Araaf: 49]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 49

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Allāh will say], "Are these1 the ones whom you [inhabitants of Hell] swore that Allāh would never offer them mercy? Enter Paradise, [O people of the Elevations]. No fear will there be concerning you, nor will you grieve."

Transliteration

Ayah 49

Ahaolai allatheena aqsamtum la yanaluhumu Allahu birahmatin odkhuloo aljannata la khawfun AAalaykum wala antum tahzanoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 49

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَهَٰٓؤُلَآءِ Ahaolai Are these?
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena the ones whom
3 أَقْسَمْتُمْ aqsamtum you had sworn ق س م
4 لَا la (that) not
5 يَنَالُهُمُ yanaluhumu (will) grant them ن ي ل
6 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
7 بِرَحْمَةٍ birahmatin Mercy ر ح م
8 ادْخُلُواْ odkhuloo Enter د خ ل
9 الْجَنَّةَ aljannata Paradise ج ن ن
10 لَا la (There will be) no
11 خَوْفٌ khawfun fear خ و ف
12 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum upon you
13 وَلَآ wala and not
14 أَنتُمْ antum you
15 تَحْزَنُونَ tahzanoona will grieve ح ز ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 50

وَنَادَىٰٓ أَصْحَٰبُ ٱلنَّارِ أَصْحَٰبَ ٱلْجَنَّةِ أَنْ أَفِيضُوا۟ عَلَيْنَا مِنَ ٱلْمَآءِ أَوْ مِمَّا رَزَقَكُمُ ٱللَّهُ ۚ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّ ٱللَّهَ حَرَّمَهُمَا عَلَى ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ.(50)

And the companions of the Fire will call to the companions of Paradise, "Pour upon us some water or from whatever Allāh has provided you." They will say, "Indeed, Allāh has forbidden them both to the disbelievers [Al-Araaf: 50]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 50

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And the companions of the Fire will call to the companions of Paradise, "Pour upon us some water or from whatever Allāh has provided you." They will say, "Indeed, Allāh has forbidden them both to the disbelievers

Transliteration

Ayah 50

Wanada ashabu alnari ashaba aljannati an afeedoo AAalayna mina almai aw mimma razaqakumu Allahu qaloo inna Allaha harramahuma AAala alkafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 50

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَنَادَىٰٓ Wanada And (will) call out ن د و
2 أَصْحَابُ ashabu (the) companions ص ح ب
3 النَّارِ alnari (of) the Fire ن و ر
4 أَصْحَابَ ashaba (to the) companions ص ح ب
5 الْجَنَّةِ aljannati (of) Paradise ج ن ن
6 أَنْ an [that]
7 أَفِيضُواْ afeedoo Pour ف ي ض
8 عَلَيْنَا AAalayna upon us
9 مِنَ mina [of]
10 الْمَآءِ almai (some) water م و ه
11 أَوْ aw or
12 مِمَّا mimma of what
13 رَزَقَكُمُ razaqakumu (has been) provided (to) you ر ز ق
14 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
15 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo They (will) say ق و ل
16 إِنَّ inna Indeed
17 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
18 حَرَّمَهُمَا harramahuma has forbidden both ح ر م
19 عَلَى AAala to
20 الْكَافِرِينَ alkafireena the disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 51

ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ دِينَهُمْ لَهْوًۭا وَلَعِبًۭا وَغَرَّتْهُمُ ٱلْحَيَوٰةُ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚ فَٱلْيَوْمَ نَنسَىٰهُمْ كَمَا نَسُوا۟ لِقَآءَ يَوْمِهِمْ هَٰذَا وَمَا كَانُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا يَجْحَدُونَ.(51)

Who took their religion as distraction and amusement and whom the worldly life deluded." So today We will forget them just as they forgot the meeting of this Day of theirs and for having rejected Our verses. [Al-Araaf: 51]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 51

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Who took their religion as distraction and amusement and whom the worldly life deluded." So today We will forget them just as they forgot the meeting of this Day of theirs and for having rejected Our verses.

Transliteration

Ayah 51

Allatheena ittakhathoo deenahum lahwan walaAAiban wagharrathumu alhayatu alddunya faalyawma nansahum kama nasoo liqaa yawmihim hatha wama kanoo biayatina yajhadoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 51

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those who
2 اتَّخَذُواْ ittakhathoo took أ خ ذ
3 دِينَهُمْ deenahum their religion د ي ن
4 لَهْوًا lahwan (as) an amusement ل ه و
5 وَلَعِبًا walaAAiban and play ل ع ب
6 وَغَرَّتْهُمُ wagharrathumu and deluded them غ ر ر
7 الْحَيَاةُ alhayatu the life ح ي ي
8 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (of) the world د ن و
9 فَالْيَوْمَ faalyawma So today ي و م
10 نَنسَاهُمْ nansahum We forget them ن س ي
11 كَمَا kama as
12 نَسُواْ nasoo they forgot ن س ي
13 لِقَآءَ liqaa (the) meeting ل ق ي
14 يَوْمِهِمْ yawmihim (of) their day ي و م
15 هَٰذَا hatha this
16 وَمَا wama and [what]
17 كَانُواْ kanoo (as) they used to ك و ن
18 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina with Our Verses أ ي ي
19 يَجْحَدُونَ yajhadoona they reject ج ح د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 52

وَلَقَدْ جِئْنَٰهُم بِكِتَٰبٍۢ فَصَّلْنَٰهُ عَلَىٰ عِلْمٍ هُدًۭى وَرَحْمَةًۭ لِّقَوْمٍۢ يُؤْمِنُونَ.(52)

And We had certainly brought them a Book which We detailed by knowledge - as guidance and mercy to a people who believe. [Al-Araaf: 52]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 52

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We had certainly brought them a Book which We detailed by knowledge - as guidance and mercy to a people who believe.

Transliteration

Ayah 52

Walaqad jinahum bikitabin fassalnahu AAala AAilmin hudan warahmatan liqawmin yuminoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 52

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَقَدْ Walaqad And certainly
2 جِئْنَاهُم jinahum We had brought them ج ي أ
3 بِكِتَابٍ bikitabin a Book ك ت ب
4 فَصَّلْنَاهُ fassalnahu which We have explained ف ص ل
5 عَلَىٰ AAala with
6 عِلْمٍ AAilmin knowledge ع ل م
7 هُدًى hudan as guidance ه د ي
8 وَرَحْمَةً warahmatan and mercy ر ح م
9 لِّقَوْمٍ liqawmin for a people ق و م
10 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona who believe أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 53

هَلْ يَنظُرُونَ إِلَّا تَأْوِيلَهُۥ ۚ يَوْمَ يَأْتِى تَأْوِيلُهُۥ يَقُولُ ٱلَّذِينَ نَسُوهُ مِن قَبْلُ قَدْ جَآءَتْ رُسُلُ رَبِّنَا بِٱلْحَقِّ فَهَل لَّنَا مِن شُفَعَآءَ فَيَشْفَعُوا۟ لَنَآ أَوْ نُرَدُّ فَنَعْمَلَ غَيْرَ ٱلَّذِى كُنَّا نَعْمَلُ ۚ قَدْ خَسِرُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ وَضَلَّ عَنْهُم مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَفْتَرُونَ(53)

Do they await except its result?1 The Day its result comes, those who had ignored it before will say, "The messengers of our Lord had come with the truth, so are there [now] any intercessors to intercede for us or could we be sent back to do other than what we used to do?" They will have lost themselves, and lost from them is what they used to invent. [Al-Araaf: 53]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 53

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Do they await except its result?1 The Day its result comes, those who had ignored it before will say, "The messengers of our Lord had come with the truth, so are there [now] any intercessors to intercede for us or could we be sent back to do other than what we used to do?" They will have lost themselves, and lost from them is what they used to invent.

Transliteration

Ayah 53

Hal yanthuroona illa taweelahu yawma yatee taweeluhu yaqoolu allatheena nasoohu min qablu qad jaat rusulu rabbina bialhaqqi fahal lana min shufaAAaa fayashfaAAoo lana aw nuraddu fanaAAmala ghayra allathee kunna naAAmalu qad khasiroo anfusahum wadalla AAanhum ma kanoo yaftaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 53

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 هَلْ Hal Do?
2 يَنظُرُونَ yanthuroona they wait ن ظ ر
3 إِلَّا illa except
4 تَأْوِيلَهُ taweelahu (for) its fulfillment أ و ل
5 يَوْمَ yawma (The) Day ي و م
6 يَأْتِى yatee (will) come أ ت ي
7 تَأْوِيلُهُ taweeluhu its fulfillment أ و ل
8 يَقُولُ yaqoolu will say ق و ل
9 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
10 نَسُوهُ nasoohu had forgotten it ن س ي
11 مِن min from
12 قَبْلُ qablu before ق ب ل
13 قَدْ qad Verily
14 جَآءَتْ jaat had come ج ي أ
15 رُسُلُ rusulu (the) Messengers ر س ل
16 رَبِّنَا rabbina (of) our Lord ر ب ب
17 بِالْحَقِّ bialhaqqi with the truth
18 فَهَل fahal so are (there)?
19 لَّنَا lana for us
20 مِن min any
21 شُفَعَآءَ shufaAAaa intercessors ش ف ع
22 فَيَشْفَعُواْ fayashfaAAoo so (that) they intercede ش ف ع
23 لَنَآ lana for us
24 أَوْ aw or
25 نُرَدُّ nuraddu we are sent back ر د د
26 فَنَعْمَلَ fanaAAmala so (that) we do (deeds) ع م ل
27 غَيْرَ ghayra other than غ ي ر
28 الَّذِى allathee that which
29 كُنَّا kunna we used to ك و ن
30 نَعْمَلُ naAAmalu do ع م ل
31 قَدْ qad Verily
32 خَسِرُواْ khasiroo they lost خ س ر
33 أَنفُسَهُمْ anfusahum themselves ن ف س
34 وَضَلَّ wadalla and strayed ض ل ل
35 عَنْهُم AAanhum from them
36 مَّا ma what
37 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
38 يَفْتَرُونَ yaftaroona invent ف ر ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 54

إِنَّ رَبَّكُمُ ٱللَّهُ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضَ فِى سِتَّةِ أَيَّامٍۢ ثُمَّ ٱسْتَوَىٰ عَلَى ٱلْعَرْشِ يُغْشِى ٱلَّيْلَ ٱلنَّهَارَ يَطْلُبُهُۥ حَثِيثًۭا وَٱلشَّمْسَ وَٱلْقَمَرَ وَٱلنُّجُومَ مُسَخَّرَٰتٍۭ بِأَمْرِهِۦٓ ۗ أَلَا لَهُ ٱلْخَلْقُ وَٱلْأَمْرُ ۗ تَبَارَكَ ٱللَّهُ رَبُّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(54)

Indeed, your Lord is Allāh, who created the heavens and earth in six days and then established Himself above the Throne.1 He covers the night with the day, [another night] chasing it rapidly; and [He created] the sun, the moon, and the stars, subjected by His command. Unquestionably, His is the creation and the command; blessed is Allāh, Lord of the worlds. [Al-Araaf: 54]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 54

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, your Lord is Allāh, who created the heavens and earth in six days and then established Himself above the Throne.1 He covers the night with the day, [another night] chasing it rapidly; and [He created] the sun, the moon, and the stars, subjected by His command. Unquestionably, His is the creation and the command; blessed is Allāh, Lord of the worlds.

Transliteration

Ayah 54

Inna rabbakumu Allahu allathee khalaqa alssamawati waalarda fee sittati ayyamin thumma istawa AAala alAAarshi yughshee allayla alnnahara yatlubuhu hatheethan waalshshamsa waalqamara waalnnujooma musakhkharatin biamrihi ala lahu alkhalqu waalamru tabaraka Allahu rabbu alAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 54

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 رَبَّكُمُ rabbakumu your Lord ر ب ب
3 اللهُ Allahu (is) Allah أ ل ه
4 الَّذِى allathee the One Who
5 خَلَقَ khalaqa created خ ل ق
6 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati the heavens س م و
7 وَالْأَرْضَ waalarda and the earth أ ر ض
8 فِى fee in
9 سِتَّةِ sittati six س ت ت
10 أَيَّامٍ ayyamin epochs ي و م
11 ثُمَّ thumma then
12 اسْتَوَىٰ istawa He ascended س و ي
13 عَلَى AAala on
14 الْعَرْشِ alAAarshi the Throne ع ر ش
15 يُغْشِى yughshee He covers غ ش و
16 الَّيْلَ allayla the night ل ي ل
17 النَّهَارَ alnnahara (with) the day ن ه ر
18 يَطْلُبُهُۥ yatlubuhu seeking it ط ل ب
19 حَثِيثًا hatheethan rapidly ح ث ث
20 وَالشَّمْسَ waalshshamsa and the sun ش م س
21 وَالْقَمَرَ waalqamara and the moon ق م ر
22 وَالنُّجُومَ waalnnujooma and the stars ن ج م
23 مُسَخَّرَاتٍ musakhkharatin subjected س خ ر
24 بِأَمْرِهِۦٓ biamrihi by His command أ م ر
25 أَلَا ala Unquestionably
26 لَهُ lahu for Him
27 الْخَلْقُ alkhalqu (is) the creation خ ل ق
28 وَالْأَمْرُ waalamru and the command أ م ر
29 تَبَارَكَ tabaraka blessed ب ر ك
30 اللهُ Allahu (is) Allah أ ل ه
31 رَبُّ rabbu Lord ر ب ب
32 الْعَالَمِينَ alAAalameena (of) the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 55

ٱدْعُوا۟ رَبَّكُمْ تَضَرُّعًۭا وَخُفْيَةً ۚ إِنَّهُۥ لَا يُحِبُّ ٱلْمُعْتَدِينَ.(55)

Call upon your Lord in humility and privately; indeed, He does not like transgressors.1 [Al-Araaf: 55]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 55

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Call upon your Lord in humility and privately; indeed, He does not like transgressors.1

Transliteration

Ayah 55

OdAAoo rabbakum tadarruAAan wakhufyatan innahu la yuhibbu almuAAtadeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 55

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ادْعُواْ OdAAoo Call upon د ع و
2 رَبَّكُمْ rabbakum your Lord ر ب ب
3 تَضَرُّعًا tadarruAAan humbly ض ر ع
4 وَخُفْيَةً wakhufyatan and privately خ ف ي
5 إِنَّهُۥ innahu Indeed He
6 لَا la (does) not
7 يُحِبُّ yuhibbu love ح ب ب
8 الْمُعْتَدِينَ almuAAtadeena the transgressors ع د و

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 56

وَلَا تُفْسِدُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ بَعْدَ إِصْلَٰحِهَا وَٱدْعُوهُ خَوْفًۭا وَطَمَعًا ۚ إِنَّ رَحْمَتَ ٱللَّهِ قَرِيبٌۭ مِّنَ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ.(56)

And cause not corruption upon the earth after its reformation. And invoke Him in fear and aspiration. Indeed, the mercy of Allāh is near to the doers of good. [Al-Araaf: 56]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 56

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And cause not corruption upon the earth after its reformation. And invoke Him in fear and aspiration. Indeed, the mercy of Allāh is near to the doers of good.

Transliteration

Ayah 56

Wala tufsidoo fee alardi baAAda islahiha waodAAoohu khawfan watamaAAan inna rahmata Allahi qareebun mina almuhsineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 56

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (do) not
2 تُفْسِدُواْ tufsidoo cause corruption ف س د
3 فِى fee in
4 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
5 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
6 إِصْلَاحِهَا islahiha its reformation ص ل ح
7 وَادْعُوهُ waodAAoohu And call Him د ع و
8 خَوْفًا khawfan (in) fear خ و ف
9 وَطَمَعًا watamaAAan and hope ط م ع
10 إِنَّ inna Indeed
11 رَحْمَتَ rahmata (the) Mercy ر ح م
12 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
13 قَرِيبٌ qareebun (is) near ق ر ب
14 مِّنَ mina for
15 الْمُحْسِنِينَ almuhsineena the good-doers ح س ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 57

وَهُوَ ٱلَّذِى يُرْسِلُ ٱلرِّيَٰحَ بُشْرًۢا بَيْنَ يَدَىْ رَحْمَتِهِۦ ۖ حَتَّىٰٓ إِذَآ أَقَلَّتْ سَحَابًۭا ثِقَالًۭا سُقْنَٰهُ لِبَلَدٍۢ مَّيِّتٍۢ فَأَنزَلْنَا بِهِ ٱلْمَآءَ فَأَخْرَجْنَا بِهِۦ مِن كُلِّ ٱلثَّمَرَٰتِ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ نُخْرِجُ ٱلْمَوْتَىٰ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَذَكَّرُونَ.(57)

And it is He who sends the winds as good tidings before His mercy [i.e., rainfall] until, when they have carried heavy rainclouds, We drive them to a dead land and We send down rain therein and bring forth thereby [some] of all the fruits. Thus will We bring forth the dead; perhaps you may be reminded. [Al-Araaf: 57]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 57

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And it is He who sends the winds as good tidings before His mercy [i.e., rainfall] until, when they have carried heavy rainclouds, We drive them to a dead land and We send down rain therein and bring forth thereby [some] of all the fruits. Thus will We bring forth the dead; perhaps you may be reminded.

Transliteration

Ayah 57

Wahuwa allathee yursilu alrriyaha bushran bayna yaday rahmatihi hatta itha aqallat sahaban thiqalan suqnahu libaladin mayyitin faanzalna bihi almaa faakhrajna bihi min kulli alththamarati kathalika nukhriju almawta laAAallakum tathakkaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 57

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَهُوَ Wahuwa And He
2 الَّذِى allathee (is) the One Who
3 يُرْسِلُ yursilu sends ر س ل
4 الرِّيَاحَ alrriyaha the winds ر و ح
5 بُشْرًا bushran (as) glad tidings ب ش ر
6 بَيْنَ bayna between (from before) ب ي ن
7 يَدَىْ yaday hands (from before) ي د ي
8 رَحْمَتِهِۦ rahmatihi His Mercy ر ح م
9 حَتَّىٰٓ hatta until
10 إِذَا itha when
11 أَقَلَّتْ aqallat they have carried ق ل ل
12 سَحَابًا sahaban clouds س ح ب
13 ثِقَالًا thiqalan heavy ث ق ل
14 سُقْنَاهُ suqnahu We drive them س و ق
15 لِبَلَدٍ libaladin to a land ب ل د
16 مَّيِّتٍ mayyitin dead م و ت
17 فَأَنزَلْنَا faanzalna then We send down ن ز ل
18 بِهِ bihi from it
19 الْمَآءَ almaa the water م و ه
20 فَأَخْرَجْنَا faakhrajna then We bring forth خ ر ج
21 بِهِۦ bihi from it
22 مِن min (of)
23 كُلِّ kulli all (kinds) ك ل ل
24 الثَّمَرَاتِ alththamarati (of) fruits ث م ر
25 كَذَٰلِكَ kathalika Thus
26 نُخْرِجُ nukhriju We will bring forth خ ر ج
27 الْمَوْتَىٰ almawta the dead م و ت
28 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may
29 تَذَكَّرُونَ tathakkaroona take heed ذ ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 58

وَٱلْبَلَدُ ٱلطَّيِّبُ يَخْرُجُ نَبَاتُهُۥ بِإِذْنِ رَبِّهِۦ ۖ وَٱلَّذِى خَبُثَ لَا يَخْرُجُ إِلَّا نَكِدًۭا ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ نُصَرِّفُ ٱلْآيَٰتِ لِقَوْمٍۢ يَشْكُرُونَ.(58)

And the good land - its vegetation emerges by permission of its Lord; but that which is bad - nothing emerges except sparsely, with difficulty. Thus do We diversify the signs for a people who are grateful. [Al-Araaf: 58]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 58

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And the good land - its vegetation emerges by permission of its Lord; but that which is bad - nothing emerges except sparsely, with difficulty. Thus do We diversify the signs for a people who are grateful.

Transliteration

Ayah 58

Waalbaladu alttayyibu yakhruju nabatuhu biithni rabbihi waallathee khabutha la yakhruju illa nakidan kathalika nusarrifu alayati liqawmin yashkuroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 58

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالْبَلَدُ Waalbaladu And the land ب ل د
2 الطَّيِّبُ alttayyibu [the] pure ط ي ب
3 يَخْرُجُ yakhruju comes forth خ ر ج
4 نَبَاتُهُۥ nabatuhu its vegetation ن ب ت
5 بِإِذْنِ biithni by (the) permission أ ذ ن
6 رَبِّهِۦ rabbihi (of) its Lord ر ب ب
7 وَالَّذِى waallathee but which
8 خَبُثَ khabutha is bad خ ب ث
9 لَا la (does) not
10 يَخْرُجُ yakhruju come forth خ ر ج
11 إِلَّا illa except
12 نَكِدًا nakidan (with) difficulty ن ك د
13 كَذَٰلِكَ kathalika Thus
14 نُصَرِّفُ nusarrifu We explain ص ر ف
15 الاٰيَاتِ alayati the Signs أ ي ي
16 لِقَوْمٍ liqawmin for a people ق و م
17 يَشْكُرُونَ yashkuroona who are grateful ش ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 59

لَقَدْ أَرْسَلْنَا نُوحًا إِلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦ فَقَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥٓ إِنِّىٓ أَخَافُ عَلَيْكُمْ عَذَابَ يَوْمٍ عَظِيمٍۢ.(59)

We had certainly sent Noah to his people, and he said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. Indeed, I fear for you the punishment of a tremendous Day." [Al-Araaf: 59]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 59

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

We had certainly sent Noah to his people, and he said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. Indeed, I fear for you the punishment of a tremendous Day."

Transliteration

Ayah 59

Laqad arsalna noohan ila qawmihi faqala ya qawmi oAAbudoo Allaha ma lakum min ilahin ghayruhu innee akhafu AAalaykum AAathaba yawmin AAatheemin

Word-by-word

Ayah 59

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَقَدْ Laqad Certainly
2 أَرْسَلْنَا arsalna We sent ر س ل
3 نُوحًا noohan Nuh
4 إِلَىٰ ila to
5 قَوْمِهِۦ qawmihi his people ق و م
6 فَقَالَ faqala and he said ق و ل
7 يَاقَوْمِ yaqawmi O my people! ق و م
8 اعْبُدُواْ oAAbudoo Worship ع ب د
9 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
10 مَا ma not
11 لَكُم lakum for you
12 مِّنْ min any
13 إِلَٰهٍ ilahin god أ ل ه
14 غَيْرُهُۥٓ ghayruhu other than Him غ ي ر
15 إِنِّىٓ innee Indeed I
16 أَخَافُ akhafu [I] fear خ و ف
17 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum for you
18 عَذَابَ AAathaba punishment ع ذ ب
19 يَوْمٍ yawmin (of the) Day ي و م
20 عَظِيمٍ AAatheemin Great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 60

قَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ مِن قَوْمِهِۦٓ إِنَّا لَنَرَىٰكَ فِى ضَلَٰلٍۢ مُّبِينٍۢ.(60)

Said the eminent among his people, "Indeed, we see you in clear error." [Al-Araaf: 60]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 60

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Said the eminent among his people, "Indeed, we see you in clear error."

Transliteration

Ayah 60

Qala almalao min qawmihi inna lanaraka fee dalalin mubeenin

Word-by-word

Ayah 60

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala Said ق و ل
2 الْمَلَأُ almalao the chiefs م ل أ
3 مِن min of
4 قَوْمِهِۦٓ qawmihi his people ق و م
5 إِنَّا inna Indeed we
6 لَنَرَاكَ lanaraka surely see you ر أ ي
7 فِى fee in
8 ضَلَالٍ dalalin error ض ل ل
9 مُّبِينٍ mubeenin clear ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 61

قَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ لَيْسَ بِى ضَلَٰلَةٌۭ وَلَٰكِنِّى رَسُولٌۭ مِّن رَّبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(61)

[Noah] said, "O my people, there is not error in me, but I am a messenger from the Lord of the worlds. [Al-Araaf: 61]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 61

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Noah] said, "O my people, there is not error in me, but I am a messenger from the Lord of the worlds.

Transliteration

Ayah 61

Qala ya qawmi laysa bee dalalatun walakinnee rasoolun min rabbi alAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 61

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala He said ق و ل
2 يَاقَوْمِ yaqawmi O my people! ق و م
3 لَيْسَ laysa There is not ل ي س
4 بِي bee in me
5 ضَلَالَةٌ dalalatun error ض ل ل
6 وَلَٰكِنِّى walakinnee but I am
7 رَسُولٌ rasoolun a Messenger ر س ل
8 مِّن min from
9 رَّبِّ rabbi (the) Lord ر ب ب
10 الْعَالَمِينَ alAAalameena (of) the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 62

أُبَلِّغُكُمْ رِسَٰلَٰتِ رَبِّى وَأَنصَحُ لَكُمْ وَأَعْلَمُ مِنَ ٱللَّهِ مَا لَا تَعْلَمُونَ.(62)

I convey to you the messages of my Lord and advise you; and I know from Allāh what you do not know. [Al-Araaf: 62]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 62

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

I convey to you the messages of my Lord and advise you; and I know from Allāh what you do not know.

Transliteration

Ayah 62

Oballighukum risalati rabbee waansahu lakum waaAAlamu mina Allahi ma la taAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 62

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أُبَلِّغُكُمْ Oballighukum I convey to you ب ل غ
2 رِسَالَاتِ risalati the Messages ر س ل
3 رَبِّى rabbee (of) my Lord ر ب ب
4 وَأَنصَحُ waansahu and [I] advise ن ص ح
5 لَكُمْ lakum [to] you
6 وَأَعْلَمُ waaAAlamu and I know ع ل م
7 مِنَ mina from
8 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
9 مَا ma what
10 لَا la not
11 تَعْلَمُونَ taAAlamoona you know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 63

أَوَعَجِبْتُمْ أَن جَآءَكُمْ ذِكْرٌۭ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ عَلَىٰ رَجُلٍۢ مِّنكُمْ لِيُنذِرَكُمْ وَلِتَتَّقُوا۟ وَلَعَلَّكُمْ تُرْحَمُونَ.(63)

Then do you wonder that there has come to you a reminder from your Lord through a man from among you, that he may warn you and that you may fear Allāh so you might receive mercy?" [Al-Araaf: 63]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 63

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then do you wonder that there has come to you a reminder from your Lord through a man from among you, that he may warn you and that you may fear Allāh so you might receive mercy?"

Transliteration

Ayah 63

AwaAAajibtum an jaakum thikrun min rabbikum AAala rajulin minkum liyunthirakum walitattaqoo walaAAallakum turhamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 63

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَوَعَجِبْتُمْ AwaAAajibtum Do you wonder? ع ج ب
2 أَن an that
3 جَآءَكُمْ jaakum has come to you ج ي أ
4 ذِكْرٌ thikrun a reminder ذ ك ر
5 مِّن min from
6 رَّبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
7 عَلَىٰ AAala on
8 رَجُلٍ rajulin a man ر ج ل
9 مِّنكُمْ minkum among you
10 لِيُنذِرَكُمْ liyunthirakum that he may warn you ن ذ ر
11 وَلِتَتَّقُواْ walitattaqoo and that you may fear و ق ي
12 وَلَعَلَّكُمْ walaAAallakum and so that you may
13 تُرْحَمُونَ turhamoona receive mercy ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 64

فَكَذَّبُوهُ فَأَنجَيْنَٰهُ وَٱلَّذِينَ مَعَهُۥ فِى ٱلْفُلْكِ وَأَغْرَقْنَا ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَآ ۚ إِنَّهُمْ كَانُوا۟ قَوْمًا عَمِينَ.(64)

But they denied him, so We saved him and those who were with him in the ship. And We drowned those who denied Our signs. Indeed, they were a blind people.1 [Al-Araaf: 64]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 64

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But they denied him, so We saved him and those who were with him in the ship. And We drowned those who denied Our signs. Indeed, they were a blind people.1

Transliteration

Ayah 64

Fakaththaboohu faanjaynahu waallatheena maAAahu fee alfulki waaghraqna allatheena kaththaboo biayatina innahum kanoo qawman AAameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 64

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَكَذَّبُوهُ Fakaththaboohu But they denied him ك ذ ب
2 فَأَنجَيْنَاهُ faanjaynahu so We saved him ن ج و
3 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena and those who
4 مَعَهُۥ maAAahu (were) with him
5 فِى fee in
6 الْفُلْكِ alfulki the ship ف ل ك
7 وَأَغْرَقْنَا waaghraqna And We drowned غ ر ق
8 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
9 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo denied ك ذ ب
10 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina Our Verses أ ي ي
11 إِنَّهُمْ innahum Indeed they
12 كَانُواْ kanoo were ك و ن
13 قَوْماً qawman a people ق و م
14 عَمِينَ AAameena blind ع م ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 65

وَإِلَىٰ عَادٍ أَخَاهُمْ هُودًۭا ۗ قَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥٓ ۚ أَفَلَا تَتَّقُونَ.(65)

And to the ʿAad [We sent] their brother Hūd. He said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. Then will you not fear Him?" [Al-Araaf: 65]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 65

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And to the ʿAad [We sent] their brother Hūd. He said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. Then will you not fear Him?"

Transliteration

Ayah 65

Waila AAadin akhahum hoodan qala ya qawmi oAAbudoo Allaha ma lakum min ilahin ghayruhu afala tattaqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 65

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِلَىٰ Waila And to
2 عَادٍ AAadin Aad ع و د
3 أَخَاهُمْ akhahum (We sent) their brother أ خ و
4 هُوداً hoodan Hud ه و د
5 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
6 يَاقَوْمِ yaqawmi O my people! ق و م
7 اعْبُدُواْ oAAbudoo Worship ع ب د
8 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
9 مَا ma not
10 لَكُم lakum for you
11 مِّنْ min any
12 إِلَٰهٍ ilahin god أ ل ه
13 غَيْرُهُۥٓ ghayruhu other than Him غ ي ر
14 أَفَلَا afala Then will not?
15 تَتَّقُونَ tattaqoona you fear (Allah) و ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 66

قَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِن قَوْمِهِۦٓ إِنَّا لَنَرَىٰكَ فِى سَفَاهَةٍۢ وَإِنَّا لَنَظُنُّكَ مِنَ ٱلْكَٰذِبِينَ.(66)

Said the eminent ones who disbelieved among his people, "Indeed, we see you in foolishness, and indeed, we think you are of the liars." [Al-Araaf: 66]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 66

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Said the eminent ones who disbelieved among his people, "Indeed, we see you in foolishness, and indeed, we think you are of the liars."

Transliteration

Ayah 66

Qala almalao allatheena kafaroo min qawmihi inna lanaraka fee safahatin wainna lanathunnuka mina alkathibeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 66

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala Said ق و ل
2 الْمَلَأُ almalao the chiefs م ل أ
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena (of) those who
4 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
5 مِن min from
6 قَوْمِهِۦٓ qawmihi his people ق و م
7 إِنَّا inna Indeed we
8 لَنَرَاكَ lanaraka surely see you ر أ ي
9 فِى fee in
10 سَفَاهَةٍ safahatin foolishness س ف ه
11 وَإِنَّا wainna and indeed we
12 لَنَظُنُّكَ lanathunnuka [we] think you ظ ن ن
13 مِنَ mina (are) of
14 الْكَٰذِبِينَ alkathibeena the liars ك ذ ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 67

قَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ لَيْسَ بِى سَفَاهَةٌۭ وَلَٰكِنِّى رَسُولٌۭ مِّن رَّبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(67)

[Hūd] said, "O my people, there is not foolishness in me, but I am a messenger from the Lord of the worlds. [Al-Araaf: 67]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 67

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Hūd] said, "O my people, there is not foolishness in me, but I am a messenger from the Lord of the worlds.

Transliteration

Ayah 67

Qala ya qawmi laysa bee safahatun walakinnee rasoolun min rabbi alAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 67

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala He said ق و ل
2 يَاقَوْمِ yaqawmi O my people! ق و م
3 لَيْسَ laysa There is not ل ي س
4 بِي bee in me
5 سَفَاهَةٌ safahatun foolishness س ف ه
6 وَلَٰكِنِّى walakinnee but I am
7 رَسُولٌ rasoolun a Messenger ر س ل
8 مِّن min from
9 رَّبِّ rabbi (the) Lord ر ب ب
10 الْعَالَمِينَ alAAalameena (of) the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 68

أُبَلِّغُكُمْ رِسَٰلَٰتِ رَبِّى وَأَنَا۠ لَكُمْ نَاصِحٌ أَمِينٌ.(68)

I convey to you the messages of my Lord, and I am to you a trustworthy adviser. [Al-Araaf: 68]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 68

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

I convey to you the messages of my Lord, and I am to you a trustworthy adviser.

Transliteration

Ayah 68

Oballighukum risalati rabbee waana lakum nasihun ameenun

Word-by-word

Ayah 68

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أُبَلِّغُكُمْ Oballighukum I convey to you ب ل غ
2 رِسَالَاتِ risalati Messages ر س ل
3 رَبِّى rabbee (of) my Lord ر ب ب
4 وَأَنَاْ waana and I am
5 لَكُمْ lakum to you
6 نَاصِحٌ nasihun an adviser ن ص ح
7 أَمِينٌ ameenun trustworthy أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 69

أَوَعَجِبْتُمْ أَن جَآءَكُمْ ذِكْرٌۭ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ عَلَىٰ رَجُلٍۢ مِّنكُمْ لِيُنذِرَكُمْ ۚ وَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ إِذْ جَعَلَكُمْ خُلَفَآءَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ قَوْمِ نُوحٍۢ وَزَادَكُمْ فِى ٱلْخَلْقِ بَصْۜطَةًۭ ۖ فَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ ءَالَآءَ ٱللَّهِ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُفْلِحُونَ.(69)

Then do you wonder that there has come to you a reminder from your Lord through a man from among you, that he may warn you? And remember when He made you successors after the people of Noah and increased you in stature extensively. So remember the favors of Allāh that you might succeed." [Al-Araaf: 69]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 69

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then do you wonder that there has come to you a reminder from your Lord through a man from among you, that he may warn you? And remember when He made you successors after the people of Noah and increased you in stature extensively. So remember the favors of Allāh that you might succeed."

Transliteration

Ayah 69

AwaAAajibtum an jaakum thikrun min rabbikum AAala rajulin minkum liyunthirakum waothkuroo ith jaAAalakum khulafaa min baAAdi qawmi noohin wazadakum fee alkhalqi bastatan faothkuroo alaa Allahi laAAallakum tuflihoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 69

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَوَعَجِبْتُمْ AwaAAajibtum Do you wonder? ع ج ب
2 أَن an that
3 جَآءَكُمْ jaakum has come to you ج ي أ
4 ذِكْرٌ thikrun a reminder ذ ك ر
5 مِّن min from
6 رَّبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
7 عَلَىٰ AAala on
8 رَجُلٍ rajulin a man ر ج ل
9 مِّنكُمْ minkum among you
10 لِيُنذِرَكُمْ liyunthirakum that he may warn you ن ذ ر
11 وَاذْكُرُوٓاْ waothkuroo And remember ذ ك ر
12 إِذْ ith when
13 جَعَلَكُمْ jaAAalakum He made you ج ع ل
14 خُلَفَآءَ khulafaa successors خ ل ف
15 مِن min from
16 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
17 قَوْمِ qawmi (the) people ق و م
18 نُوحٍ noohin (of) Nuh
19 وَزَادَكُمْ wazadakum and increased you ز ي د
20 فِى fee in
21 الْخَلْقِ alkhalqi the stature خ ل ق
22 بَسْطَةً bastatan extensively ب س ط
23 فَاذْكُرُوٓاْ faothkuroo So remember ذ ك ر
24 اٰلآءَ alaa (the) Bounties أ ل و
25 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
26 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may
27 تُفْلِحُونَ tuflihoona succeed ف ل ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 70

قَالُوٓا۟ أَجِئْتَنَا لِنَعْبُدَ ٱللَّهَ وَحْدَهُۥ وَنَذَرَ مَا كَانَ يَعْبُدُ ءَابَآؤُنَا ۖ فَأْتِنَا بِمَا تَعِدُنَآ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰدِقِينَ.(70)

They said, "Have you come to us that we should worship Allāh alone and leave what our fathers have worshipped? Then bring us what you promise us,1 if you should be of the truthful." [Al-Araaf: 70]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 70

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They said, "Have you come to us that we should worship Allāh alone and leave what our fathers have worshipped? Then bring us what you promise us,1 if you should be of the truthful."

Transliteration

Ayah 70

Qaloo ajitana linaAAbuda Allaha wahdahu wanathara ma kana yaAAbudu abaona fatina bima taAAiduna in kunta mina alssadiqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 70

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالُوٓاْ Qaloo They said ق و ل
2 أَجِئْتَنَا ajitana Have you come to us? ج ي أ
3 لِنَعْبُدَ linaAAbuda that we (should) worship ع ب د
4 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
5 وَحْدَهُۥ wahdahu Alone و ح د
6 وَنَذَرَ wanathara and we forsake و ذ ر
7 مَا ma what
8 كَانَ kana used to ك و ن
9 يَعْبُدُ yaAAbudu worship ع ب د
10 اٰبَآؤُنَا abaona our forefathers أ ب و
11 فَأْتِنَا fatina Then bring us أ ت ي
12 بِمَا bima of what
13 تَعِدُنَآ taAAiduna you promise us و ع د
14 إِن in if
15 كُنتَ kunta you are ك و ن
16 مِنَ mina of
17 الصَّادِقِينَ alssadiqeena the truthful ص د ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 71

قَالَ قَدْ وَقَعَ عَلَيْكُم مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ رِجْسٌۭ وَغَضَبٌ ۖ أَتُجَٰدِلُونَنِى فِىٓ أَسْمَآءٍۢ سَمَّيْتُمُوهَآ أَنتُمْ وَءَابَآؤُكُم مَّا نَزَّلَ ٱللَّهُ بِهَا مِن سُلْطَٰنٍۢ ۚ فَٱنتَظِرُوٓا۟ إِنِّى مَعَكُم مِّنَ ٱلْمُنتَظِرِينَ.(71)

[Hūd] said, "Already have defilement and anger fallen upon you from your Lord. Do you dispute with me concerning [mere] names you have named them,1 you and your fathers, for which Allāh has not sent down any authority? Then wait; indeed, I am with you among those who wait." [Al-Araaf: 71]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 71

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Hūd] said, "Already have defilement and anger fallen upon you from your Lord. Do you dispute with me concerning [mere] names you have named them,1 you and your fathers, for which Allāh has not sent down any authority? Then wait; indeed, I am with you among those who wait."

Transliteration

Ayah 71

Qala qad waqaAAa AAalaykum min rabbikum rijsun waghadabun atujadiloonanee fee asmain sammaytumooha antum waabaokum ma nazzala Allahu biha min sultanin faintathiroo innee maAAakum mina almuntathireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 71

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala He said ق و ل
2 قَدْ qad Verily
3 وَقَعَ waqaAAa has fallen و ق ع
4 عَلَيْكُم AAalaykum upon you
5 مِّن min from
6 رَّبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
7 رِجْسٌ rijsun punishment ر ج س
8 وَغَضَبٌ waghadabun and anger غ ض ب
9 أَتُجَادِلُونَنِى atujadiloonanee Do you dispute with me? ج د ل
10 فِىٓ fee concerning
11 أَسْمَآءٍ asmain names س م و
12 سَمَّيْتُمُوهَآ sammaytumooha you have named them س م و
13 أَنتُمْ antum you
14 وَآبَآؤكُم waabaokum and your forefathers أ ب و
15 مَّا ma Not
16 نَزَّلَ nazzala (has been) sent down ن ز ل
17 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
18 بِهَا biha for it
19 مِن min any
20 سُلْطَانٍ sultanin authority س ل ط
21 فَانتَظِرُواْ faintathiroo Then wait ن ظ ر
22 إِنِّى innee indeed I am
23 مَعَكُم maAAakum with you
24 مِّنَ mina of
25 الْمُنتَظِرِينَ almuntathireena the ones who wait ن ظ ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 72

فَأَنجَيْنَٰهُ وَٱلَّذِينَ مَعَهُۥ بِرَحْمَةٍۢ مِّنَّا وَقَطَعْنَا دَابِرَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا ۖ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ مُؤْمِنِينَ.(72)

So We saved him and those with him by mercy from Us. And We eliminated those who denied Our signs, and they were not [at all] believers. [Al-Araaf: 72]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 72

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So We saved him and those with him by mercy from Us. And We eliminated those who denied Our signs, and they were not [at all] believers.

Transliteration

Ayah 72

Faanjaynahu waallatheena maAAahu birahmatin minna waqataAAna dabira allatheena kaththaboo biayatina wama kanoo mumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 72

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَأَنجَيْنَاهُ Faanjaynahu So We saved him ن ج و
2 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena and those
3 مَعَهُۥ maAAahu with him
4 بِرَحْمَةٍ birahmatin by Mercy ر ح م
5 مِّنَّا minna from Us
6 وَقَطَعْنَا waqataAAna And We cut off ق ط ع
7 دَابِرَ dabira the roots د ب ر
8 الَّذِينَ allatheena (of) those who
9 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo denied ك ذ ب
10 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina Our Signs أ ي ي
11 وَمَا wama and not
12 كَانُواْ kanoo they were ك و ن
13 مُؤْمِنِينَ mumineena believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 73

وَإِلَىٰ ثَمُودَ أَخَاهُمْ صَٰلِحًۭا ۗ قَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥ ۖ قَدْ جَآءَتْكُم بَيِّنَةٌۭ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ ۖ هَٰذِهِۦ نَاقَةُ ٱللَّهِ لَكُمْ ءَايَةًۭ ۖ فَذَرُوهَا تَأْكُلْ فِىٓ أَرْضِ ٱللَّهِ ۖ وَلَا تَمَسُّوهَا بِسُوٓءٍۢ فَيَأْخُذَكُمْ عَذَابٌ أَلِيمٌۭ.(73)

And to the Thamūd [We sent] their brother Ṣāliḥ. He said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. There has come to you clear evidence from your Lord. This is the she-camel of Allāh [sent] to you as a sign. So leave her to eat within Allāh's land and do not touch her with harm, lest there seize you a painful punishment. [Al-Araaf: 73]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 73

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And to the Thamūd [We sent] their brother Ṣāliḥ. He said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. There has come to you clear evidence from your Lord. This is the she-camel of Allāh [sent] to you as a sign. So leave her to eat within Allāh's land and do not touch her with harm, lest there seize you a painful punishment.

Transliteration

Ayah 73

Waila thamooda akhahum salihan qala ya qawmi oAAbudoo Allaha ma lakum min ilahin ghayruhu qad jaatkum bayyinatun min rabbikum hathihi naqatu Allahi lakum ayatan fatharooha takul fee ardi Allahi wala tamassooha bisooin fayakhuthakum AAathabun aleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 73

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِلَىٰ Waila And to
2 ثَمُودَ thamooda Thamud
3 أَخَاهُمْ akhahum (We sent) their brother أ خ و
4 صَالِحًا salihan Salih ص ل ح
5 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
6 يَاقَوْمِ yaqawmi O my people! ق و م
7 اعْبُدُواْ oAAbudoo Worship ع ب د
8 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
9 مَا ma not
10 لَكُم lakum for you
11 مِّنْ min any
12 إِلَٰهٍ ilahin god أ ل ه
13 غَيْرُهُۥ ghayruhu other than Him غ ي ر
14 قَدْ qad Verily
15 جَآءَتْكُم jaatkum has come to you ج ي أ
16 بَيِّنَةٌ bayyinatun a clear proof ب ي ن
17 مِّن min from
18 رَّبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
19 هَٰذِهِۦ hathihi This
20 نَاقَةُ naqatu (is) a she-camel ن و ق
21 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
22 لَكُمْ lakum (it is) for you
23 اٰيَةً ayatan a Sign أ ي ي
24 فَذَرُوهَا fatharooha So you leave her و ذ ر
25 تَأْكُلْ takul (to) eat أ ك ل
26 فِىٓ fee on
27 أَرْضِ ardi (the) earth أ ر ض
28 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
29 وَلَا wala and (do) not
30 تَمَسُّوهَا tamassooha touch her م س س
31 بِسُوٓءٍ bisooin with harm س و أ
32 فَيَأْخُذَكُمْ fayakhuthakum lest seizes you أ خ ذ
33 عَذَابٌ AAathabun a punishment ع ذ ب
34 أَلِيمٌ aleemun painful أ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 74

وَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ إِذْ جَعَلَكُمْ خُلَفَآءَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ عَادٍۢ وَبَوَّأَكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ تَتَّخِذُونَ مِن سُهُولِهَا قُصُورًۭا وَتَنْحِتُونَ ٱلْجِبَالَ بُيُوتًۭا ۖ فَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ ءَالَآءَ ٱللَّهِ وَلَا تَعْثَوْا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ مُفْسِدِينَ.(74)

And remember when He made you successors after the ʿAad and settled you in the land, [and] you take for yourselves palaces from its plains and carve from the mountains, homes. Then remember the favors of Allāh and do not commit abuse on the earth, spreading corruption." [Al-Araaf: 74]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 74

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And remember when He made you successors after the ʿAad and settled you in the land, [and] you take for yourselves palaces from its plains and carve from the mountains, homes. Then remember the favors of Allāh and do not commit abuse on the earth, spreading corruption."

Transliteration

Ayah 74

Waothkuroo ith jaAAalakum khulafaa min baAAdi AAadin wabawwaakum fee alardi tattakhithoona min suhooliha qusooran watanhitoona aljibala buyootan faothkuroo alaa Allahi wala taAAthaw fee alardi mufsideena

Word-by-word

Ayah 74

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَاذْكُرُوٓاْ Waothkuroo And remember ذ ك ر
2 إِذْ ith when
3 جَعَلَكُمْ jaAAalakum He made you ج ع ل
4 خُلَفَآءَ khulafaa successors خ ل ف
5 مِن min from
6 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
7 عَادٍ AAadin Aad ع و د
8 وَبَوَّأَكُمْ wabawwaakum and settled you ب و أ
9 فِى fee in
10 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
11 تَتَّخِذُونَ tattakhithoona You take أ خ ذ
12 مِن min from
13 سُهُولِهَا suhooliha its plains س ه ل
14 قُصُورًا qusooran palaces ق ص ر
15 وَتَنْحِتُونَ watanhitoona and you carve out ن ح ت
16 الْجِبَالَ aljibala the mountains ج ب ل
17 بُيُوتًا buyootan (as) homes ب ي ت
18 فَاذْكُرُوٓاْ faothkuroo So remember ذ ك ر
19 اٰلآءَ alaa (the) Bounties أ ل و
20 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
21 وَلَا wala and (do) not
22 تَعْثَوْا taAAthaw act wickedly ع ث و
23 فِى fee in
24 الْأَرْضِ alardi (the) earth أ ر ض
25 مُفْسِدِينَ mufsideena spreading corruption ف س د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 75

قَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ مِن قَوْمِهِۦ لِلَّذِينَ ٱسْتُضْعِفُوا۟ لِمَنْ ءَامَنَ مِنْهُمْ أَتَعْلَمُونَ أَنَّ صَٰلِحًۭا مُّرْسَلٌۭ مِّن رَّبِّهِۦ ۚ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّا بِمَآ أُرْسِلَ بِهِۦ مُؤْمِنُونَ.(75)

Said the eminent ones who were arrogant among his people to those who were oppressed - to those who believed among them, "Do you [actually] know that Ṣāliḥ is sent from his Lord?" They said, "Indeed we, in that with which he was sent, are believers." [Al-Araaf: 75]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 75

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Said the eminent ones who were arrogant among his people to those who were oppressed - to those who believed among them, "Do you [actually] know that Ṣāliḥ is sent from his Lord?" They said, "Indeed we, in that with which he was sent, are believers."

Transliteration

Ayah 75

Qala almalao allatheena istakbaroo min qawmihi lillatheena istudAAifoo liman amana minhum ataAAlamoona anna salihan mursalun min rabbihi qaloo inna bima orsila bihi muminoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 75

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala Said ق و ل
2 الْمَلَأُ almalao the chiefs م ل أ
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those
4 اسْتَكْبَرُواْ istakbaroo (who) were arrogant ك ب ر
5 مِن min among
6 قَوْمِهِۦ qawmihi his people ق و م
7 لِلَّذِينَ lillatheena to those who
8 اسْتُضْعِفُواْ istudAAifoo were oppressed ض ع ف
9 لِمَنْ liman [to] those who
10 اٰمَنَ amana believed أ م ن
11 مِنْهُمْ minhum among them
12 أَتَعْلَمُونَ ataAAlamoona Do you know? ع ل م
13 أَنَّ anna that
14 صَالِحًا salihan Salih ص ل ح
15 مُّرْسَلٌ mursalun (is the) one sent ر س ل
16 مِّن min from
17 رَّبِّهِۦ rabbihi his Lord ر ب ب
18 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo They said ق و ل
19 إِنَّا inna Indeed we
20 بِمَآ bima in what
21 أُرْسِلَ orsila he has been sent ر س ل
22 بِهِۦ bihi with [it]
23 مُؤْمِنُونَ muminoona (are) believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 76

قَالَ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَكْبَرُوٓا۟ إِنَّا بِٱلَّذِىٓ ءَامَنتُم بِهِۦ كَٰفِرُونَ.(76)

Said those who were arrogant, "Indeed we, in that which you have believed, are disbelievers." [Al-Araaf: 76]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 76

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Said those who were arrogant, "Indeed we, in that which you have believed, are disbelievers."

Transliteration

Ayah 76

Qala allatheena istakbaroo inna biallathee amantum bihi kafiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 76

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala Said ق و ل
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 اسْتَكْبَرُوٓاْ istakbaroo were arrogant ك ب ر
4 إِنَّا inna Indeed we
5 بِالَّذِىٓ biallathee in that which
6 اٰمَنتُمْ amantum you believe أ م ن
7 بِهِۦ bihi in it
8 كَافِرُونَ kafiroona (are) disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 77

فَعَقَرُوا۟ ٱلنَّاقَةَ وَعَتَوْا۟ عَنْ أَمْرِ رَبِّهِمْ وَقَالُوا۟ يَٰصَٰلِحُ ٱئْتِنَا بِمَا تَعِدُنَآ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلْمُرْسَلِينَ.(77)

So they hamstrung the she-camel and were insolent toward the command of their Lord and said, "O Ṣāliḥ, bring us what you promise us, if you should be of the messengers." [Al-Araaf: 77]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 77

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So they hamstrung the she-camel and were insolent toward the command of their Lord and said, "O Ṣāliḥ, bring us what you promise us, if you should be of the messengers."

Transliteration

Ayah 77

FaAAaqaroo alnnaqata waAAataw AAan amri rabbihim waqaloo ya salihu itina bima taAAiduna in kunta mina almursaleena

Word-by-word

Ayah 77

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَعَقَرُواْ FaAAaqaroo Then they hamstrung ع ق ر
2 النَّاقَةَ alnnaqata the she-camel ن و ق
3 وَعَتَوْا waAAataw and (were) insolent ع ت و
4 عَنْ AAan towards
5 أَمْرِ amri (the) command أ م ر
6 رَبِّهِمْ rabbihim (of) their Lord ر ب ب
7 وَقَالُواْ waqaloo and they said ق و ل
8 يَاصَالِحُ yasalihu O Salih! ص ل ح
9 ائْتِنَا itina Bring us أ ت ي
10 بِمَا bima what
11 تَعِدُنَآ taAAiduna you promise us و ع د
12 إِن in if
13 كُنتَ kunta you are ك و ن
14 مِنَ mina of
15 الْمُرْسَلِينَ almursaleena the Messengers ر س ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 78

فَأَخَذَتْهُمُ ٱلرَّجْفَةُ فَأَصْبَحُوا۟ فِى دَارِهِمْ جَٰثِمِينَ.(78)

So the earthquake seized them, and they became within their home [corpses] fallen prone. [Al-Araaf: 78]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 78

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So the earthquake seized them, and they became within their home [corpses] fallen prone.

Transliteration

Ayah 78

Faakhathathumu alrrajfatu faasbahoo fee darihim jathimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 78

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَأَخَذَتْهُمُ Faakhathathumu So seized them أ خ ذ
2 الرَّجْفَةُ alrrajfatu the earthquake ر ج ف
3 فَأَصْبَحُواْ faasbahoo then they became ص ب ح
4 فِى fee in
5 دَارِهِمْ darihim their homes د و ر
6 جَاثِمِينَ jathimeena fallen prone ج ث م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 79

فَتَوَلَّىٰ عَنْهُمْ وَقَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ لَقَدْ أَبْلَغْتُكُمْ رِسَالَةَ رَبِّى وَنَصَحْتُ لَكُمْ وَلَٰكِن لَّا تُحِبُّونَ ٱلنَّٰصِحِينَ.(79)

And he [i.e., Ṣāliḥ] turned away from them and said, "O my people, I had certainly conveyed to you the message of my Lord and advised you, but you do not like advisors." [Al-Araaf: 79]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 79

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And he [i.e., Ṣāliḥ] turned away from them and said, "O my people, I had certainly conveyed to you the message of my Lord and advised you, but you do not like advisors."

Transliteration

Ayah 79

Fatawalla AAanhum waqala ya qawmi laqad ablaghtukum risalata rabbee wanasahtu lakum walakin la tuhibboona alnnasiheena

Word-by-word

Ayah 79

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَتَوَلَّىٰ Fatawalla So he turned away و ل ي
2 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum from them
3 وَقَالَ waqala and he said ق و ل
4 يَاقَوْمِ yaqawmi O my people! ق و م
5 لَقَدْ laqad Verily
6 أَبْلَغْتُكُمْ ablaghtukum I have conveyed to you ب ل غ
7 رِسَالَةَ risalata (the) Message ر س ل
8 رَبِّى rabbee (of) my Lord ر ب ب
9 وَنَصَحْتُ wanasahtu and [I] advised ن ص ح
10 لَكُمْ lakum [to] you
11 وَلَٰكِن walakin but
12 لَّا la not
13 تُحِبُّونَ tuhibboona you like ح ب ب
14 النَّاصِحِينَ alnnasiheena the advisers ن ص ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 80

وَلُوطًا إِذْ قَالَ لِقَوْمِهِۦٓ أَتَأْتُونَ ٱلْفَٰحِشَةَ مَا سَبَقَكُم بِهَا مِنْ أَحَدٍۢ مِّنَ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(80)

And [We had sent] Lot when he said to his people, "Do you commit such immorality as no one has preceded you with from among the worlds [i.e., peoples]? [Al-Araaf: 80]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 80

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [We had sent] Lot when he said to his people, "Do you commit such immorality as no one has preceded you with from among the worlds [i.e., peoples]?

Transliteration

Ayah 80

Walootan ith qala liqawmihi atatoona alfahishata ma sabaqakum biha min ahadin mina alAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 80

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلُوطًا Walootan And Lut
2 إِذْ ith when
3 قَالَ qala he said ق و ل
4 لِقَوْمِهِۦٓ liqawmihi to his people ق و م
5 أَتَأْتُونَ atatoona Do you commit? أ ت ي
6 الْفَاحِشَةَ alfahishata (such) immorality ف ح ش
7 مَا ma not
8 سَبَقَكُم sabaqakum has preceded you س ب ق
9 بِهَا biha therein
10 مِنْ min any
11 أَحَدٍ ahadin one أ ح د
12 مِّنْ mina of
13 الْعَالَمِينَ alAAalameena the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 81

إِنَّكُمْ لَتَأْتُونَ ٱلرِّجَالَ شَهْوَةًۭ مِّن دُونِ ٱلنِّسَآءِ ۚ بَلْ أَنتُمْ قَوْمٌۭ مُّسْرِفُونَ.(81)

Indeed, you approach men with desire, instead of women. Rather, you are a transgressing people." [Al-Araaf: 81]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 81

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, you approach men with desire, instead of women. Rather, you are a transgressing people."

Transliteration

Ayah 81

Innakum latatoona alrrijala shahwatan min dooni alnnisai bal antum qawmun musrifoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 81

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّكُمْ Innakum Indeed you
2 لَتَأْتُونَ latatoona you approach أ ت ي
3 الرِّجَالَ alrrijala the men ر ج ل
4 شَهْوَةً shahwatan lustfully ش ه و
5 مِّن min from
6 دُونِ dooni instead of د و ن
7 النِّسَآءِ alnnisai the women ن س و
8 بَلْ bal Nay
9 أَنتُمْ antum you
10 قَوْمٌ qawmun (are) a people ق و م
11 مُّسْرِفُونَ musrifoona (who) commit excesses س ر ف

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 82

وَمَا كَانَ جَوَابَ قَوْمِهِۦٓ إِلَّآ أَن قَالُوٓا۟ أَخْرِجُوهُم مِّن قَرْيَتِكُمْ ۖ إِنَّهُمْ أُنَاسٌۭ يَتَطَهَّرُونَ.(82)

But the answer of his people was only that they said, "Evict them from your city! Indeed, they are men who keep themselves pure." [Al-Araaf: 82]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 82

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But the answer of his people was only that they said, "Evict them from your city! Indeed, they are men who keep themselves pure."

Transliteration

Ayah 82

Wama kana jawaba qawmihi illa an qaloo akhrijoohum min qaryatikum innahum onasun yatatahharoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 82

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not
2 كَانَ kana was ك و ن
3 جَوَابَ jawaba (the) answer ج و ب
4 قَوْمِهِۦٓ qawmihi (of) his people ق و م
5 إِلَّآ illa except
6 أَن an that
7 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo they said ق و ل
8 أَخْرِجُوهُم akhrijoohum Drive them out خ ر ج
9 مِّن min of
10 قَرْيَتِكُمْ qaryatikum your town ق ر ي
11 إِنَّهُمْ innahum Indeed they
12 أُنَاسٌ onasun (are) people أ ن س
13 يَتَطَهَّرُونَ yatatahharoona who keep themselves pure ط ه ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 83

فَأَنجَيْنَٰهُ وَأَهْلَهُۥٓ إِلَّا ٱمْرَأَتَهُۥ كَانَتْ مِنَ ٱلْغَٰبِرِينَ.(83)

So We saved him and his family, except for his wife; she was of those who remained [with the evildoers]. [Al-Araaf: 83]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 83

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So We saved him and his family, except for his wife; she was of those who remained [with the evildoers].

Transliteration

Ayah 83

Faanjaynahu waahlahu illa imraatahu kanat mina alghabireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 83

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَأَنجَيْنَاهُ Faanjaynahu So We saved him ن ج و
2 وَأَهْلَهُۥٓ waahlahu and his family أ ه ل
3 إِلَّا illa except
4 امْرَأَتَهُۥ imraatahu his wife م ر أ
5 كَانَتْ kanat she was ك و ن
6 مِنَ mina of
7 الْغَابِرِينَ alghabireena those who stayed behind غ ب ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 84

وَأَمْطَرْنَا عَلَيْهِم مَّطَرًۭا ۖ فَٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُجْرِمِينَ.(84)

And We rained upon them a rain [of stones]. Then see how was the end of the criminals. [Al-Araaf: 84]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 84

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We rained upon them a rain [of stones]. Then see how was the end of the criminals.

Transliteration

Ayah 84

Waamtarna AAalayhim mataran faonthur kayfa kana AAaqibatu almujrimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 84

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَأَمْطَرْنَا Waamtarna And We showered م ط ر
2 عَلَيْهِم AAalayhim upon them
3 مَّطَرًا mataran a rain م ط ر
4 فَانظُرْ faonthur So see ن ظ ر
5 كَيْفَ kayfa how? ك ي ف
6 كَانَ kana was ك و ن
7 عَاقِبَةُ AAaqibatu (the) end ع ق ب
8 الْمُجْرِمِينَ almujrimeena (of) the criminals ج ر م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 85

وَإِلَىٰ مَدْيَنَ أَخَاهُمْ شُعَيْبًۭا ۗ قَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ ٱعْبُدُوا۟ ٱللَّهَ مَا لَكُم مِّنْ إِلَٰهٍ غَيْرُهُۥ ۖ قَدْ جَآءَتْكُم بَيِّنَةٌۭ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ ۖ فَأَوْفُوا۟ ٱلْكَيْلَ وَٱلْمِيزَانَ وَلَا تَبْخَسُوا۟ ٱلنَّاسَ أَشْيَآءَهُمْ وَلَا تُفْسِدُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ بَعْدَ إِصْلَٰحِهَا ۚ ذَٰلِكُمْ خَيْرٌۭ لَّكُمْ إِن كُنتُم مُّؤْمِنِينَ.(85)

And to [the people of] Madyan [We sent] their brother Shuʿayb. He said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. There has come to you clear evidence from your Lord. So fulfill the measure and weight and do not deprive people of their due and cause not corruption upon the earth after its reformation. That is better for you, if you should be believers. [Al-Araaf: 85]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 85

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And to [the people of] Madyan [We sent] their brother Shuʿayb. He said, "O my people, worship Allāh; you have no deity other than Him. There has come to you clear evidence from your Lord. So fulfill the measure and weight and do not deprive people of their due and cause not corruption upon the earth after its reformation. That is better for you, if you should be believers.

Transliteration

Ayah 85

Waila madyana akhahum shuAAayban qala ya qawmi oAAbudoo Allaha ma lakum min ilahin ghayruhu qad jaatkum bayyinatun min rabbikum faawfoo alkayla waalmeezana wala tabkhasoo alnnasa ashyaahum wala tufsidoo fee alardi baAAda islahiha thalikum khayrun lakum in kuntum mumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 85

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِلَىٰ Waila And to
2 مَدْيَنَ madyana Madyan
3 أَخَاهُمْ akhahum his brother أ خ و
4 شُعَيْبًا shuAAayban Shuaib
5 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
6 يَاقَوْمِ yaqawmi O my people! ق و م
7 اعْبُدُواْ oAAbudoo Worship ع ب د
8 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
9 مَا ma not
10 لَكُم lakum for you
11 مِّنْ min any
12 إِلَٰهٍ ilahin god أ ل ه
13 غَيْرُهُۥ ghayruhu other than Him غ ي ر
14 قَدْ qad Verily
15 جَآءَتْكُم jaatkum has came to you ج ي أ
16 بَيِّنَةٌ bayyinatun a clear proof ب ي ن
17 مِّن min from
18 رَّبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
19 فَأَوْفُواْ faawfoo So give full و ف ي
20 الْكَيْلَ alkayla [the] measure ك ي ل
21 وَالْمِيزَانَ waalmeezana and the weight و ز ن
22 وَلَا wala and (do) not
23 تَبْخَسُواْ tabkhasoo deprive ب خ س
24 النَّاسَ alnnasa [the] people ن و س
25 أَشْيَآءَهُمْ ashyaahum in their things ش ي أ
26 وَلَا wala and (do) not
27 تُفْسِدُواْ tufsidoo cause corruption ف س د
28 فِى fee in
29 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
30 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
31 إِصْلَاحِهَا islahiha its reformation ص ل ح
32 ذَٰلِكُمْ thalikum That
33 خَيْرٌ khayrun (is) better خ ي ر
34 لَّكُمْ lakum for you
35 إِن in if
36 كُنتُم kuntum you are ك و ن
37 مُّؤْمِنِينَ mumineena believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 86

وَلَا تَقْعُدُوا۟ بِكُلِّ صِرَٰطٍۢ تُوعِدُونَ وَتَصُدُّونَ عَن سَبِيلِ ٱللَّهِ مَنْ ءَامَنَ بِهِۦ وَتَبْغُونَهَا عِوَجًۭا ۚ وَٱذْكُرُوٓا۟ إِذْ كُنتُمْ قَلِيلًۭا فَكَثَّرَكُمْ ۖ وَٱنظُرُوا۟ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ.(86)

And do not sit on every path, threatening and averting from the way of Allāh those who believe in Him, seeking to make it [seem] deviant. And remember when you were few and He increased you. And see how was the end of the corrupters. [Al-Araaf: 86]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 86

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And do not sit on every path, threatening and averting from the way of Allāh those who believe in Him, seeking to make it [seem] deviant. And remember when you were few and He increased you. And see how was the end of the corrupters.

Transliteration

Ayah 86

Wala taqAAudoo bikulli siratin tooAAidoona watasuddoona AAan sabeeli Allahi man amana bihi watabghoonaha AAiwajan waothkuroo ith kuntum qaleelan fakaththarakum waonthuroo kayfa kana AAaqibatu almufsideena

Word-by-word

Ayah 86

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And (do) not
2 تَقْعُدُواْ taqAAudoo sit ق ع د
3 بِكُلِّ bikulli on every ك ل ل
4 صِرَاطٍ siratin path ص ر ط
5 تُوعِدُونَ tooAAidoona threatening و ع د
6 وَتَصُدُّونَ watasuddoona and hindering ص د د
7 عَن AAan from
8 سَبِيلِ sabeeli (the) way س ب ل
9 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
10 مَنْ man (those) who
11 اٰمَنَ amana believe أ م ن
12 بِهِۦ bihi in Him
13 وَتَبْغُونَهَا watabghoonaha and seeking (to make) it ب غ ي
14 عِوَجًا AAiwajan crooked ع و ج
15 وَاذْكُرُوٓاْ waothkuroo And remember ذ ك ر
16 إِذْ ith when
17 كُنتُمْ kuntum you were ك و ن
18 قَلِيلًا qaleelan few ق ل ل
19 فَكَثَّرَكُمْ fakaththarakum and He increased you ك ث ر
20 وَانظُرُواْ waonthuroo And see ن ظ ر
21 كَيْفَ kayfa how? ك ي ف
22 كَانَ kana was ك و ن
23 عَاقِبَةُ AAaqibatu (the) end ع ق ب
24 الْمُفْسِدِينَ almufsideena (of) the corrupters ف س د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 87

وَإِن كَانَ طَآئِفَةٌۭ مِّنكُمْ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِٱلَّذِىٓ أُرْسِلْتُ بِهِۦ وَطَآئِفَةٌۭ لَّمْ يُؤْمِنُوا۟ فَٱصْبِرُوا۟ حَتَّىٰ يَحْكُمَ ٱللَّهُ بَيْنَنَا ۚ وَهُوَ خَيْرُ ٱلْحَٰكِمِينَ.(87)

And if there should be a group among you who has believed in that with which I have been sent and a group that has not believed, then be patient until Allāh judges between us. And He is the best of judges." [Al-Araaf: 87]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 87

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if there should be a group among you who has believed in that with which I have been sent and a group that has not believed, then be patient until Allāh judges between us. And He is the best of judges."

Transliteration

Ayah 87

Wain kana taifatun minkum amanoo biallathee orsiltu bihi wataifatun lam yuminoo faisbiroo hatta yahkuma Allahu baynana wahuwa khayru alhakimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 87

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِن Wain And if
2 كَانَ kana (there) is ك و ن
3 طَآئِفَةٌ taifatun a group ط و ف
4 مِّنكُمْ minkum among you
5 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo (who has) believed أ م ن
6 بِالَّذِىٓ biallathee in that which
7 أُرْسِلْتُ orsiltu I have been sent ر س ل
8 بِهِۦ bihi with [it]
9 وَطَآئِفَةٌ wataifatun and a group ط و ف
10 لَّمْ lam not
11 يُؤْمِنُواْ yuminoo they believe أ م ن
12 فَاصْبِرُواْ faisbiroo then be patient ص ب ر
13 حَتَّىٰ hatta until
14 يَحْكُمَ yahkuma judges ح ك م
15 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
16 بَيْنَنَا baynana between us ب ي ن
17 وَهُوَ wahuwa And He
18 خَيْرُ khayru (is the) Best خ ي ر
19 الْحَاكِمِينَ alhakimeena (of) [the] Judges ح ك م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 88

قَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ مِن قَوْمِهِۦ لَنُخْرِجَنَّكَ يَٰشُعَيْبُ وَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ مَعَكَ مِن قَرْيَتِنَآ أَوْ لَتَعُودُنَّ فِى مِلَّتِنَا ۚ قَالَ أَوَلَوْ كُنَّا كَٰرِهِينَ.(88)

Said the eminent ones who were arrogant among his people, "We will surely evict you, O Shuʿayb, and those who have believed with you from our city, or you must return to our religion." He said, "Even if we were unwilling? [Al-Araaf: 88]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 88

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Said the eminent ones who were arrogant among his people, "We will surely evict you, O Shuʿayb, and those who have believed with you from our city, or you must return to our religion." He said, "Even if we were unwilling?

Transliteration

Ayah 88

Qala almalao allatheena istakbaroo min qawmihi lanukhrijannaka ya shuAAaybu waallatheena amanoo maAAaka min qaryatina aw lataAAoodunna fee millatina qala awalaw kunna kariheena

Word-by-word

Ayah 88

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala Said ق و ل
2 الْمَلَأُ almalao the chiefs م ل أ
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena (of) those who
4 اسْتَكْبَرُواْ istakbaroo were arrogant ك ب ر
5 مِن min among
6 قَوْمِهِۦ qawmihi his people ق و م
7 لَنُخْرِجَنَّكَ lanukhrijannaka We will surely drive you out خ ر ج
8 يَاشُعَيْبُ yashuAAaybu O Shuaib!
9 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena And those who
10 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo (have) believed أ م ن
11 مَعَكَ maAAaka with you
12 مِن min from
13 قَرْيَتِنَآ qaryatina our city ق ر ي
14 أَوْ aw or
15 لَتَعُودُنَّ lataAAoodunna you must return ع و د
16 فِى fee to
17 مِلَّتِنَا millatina our religion م ل ل
18 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
19 أَوَلَوْ awalaw Even if?
20 كُنَّا kunna we are ك و ن
21 كَارِهِينَ kariheena (the) ones who hate (it) ك ر ه

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 89

قَدِ ٱفْتَرَيْنَا عَلَى ٱللَّهِ كَذِبًا إِنْ عُدْنَا فِى مِلَّتِكُم بَعْدَ إِذْ نَجَّىٰنَا ٱللَّهُ مِنْهَا ۚ وَمَا يَكُونُ لَنَآ أَن نَّعُودَ فِيهَآ إِلَّآ أَن يَشَآءَ ٱللَّهُ رَبُّنَا ۚ وَسِعَ رَبُّنَا كُلَّ شَىْءٍ عِلْمًا ۚ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ تَوَكَّلْنَا ۚ رَبَّنَا ٱفْتَحْ بَيْنَنَا وَبَيْنَ قَوْمِنَا بِٱلْحَقِّ وَأَنتَ خَيْرُ ٱلْفَٰتِحِينَ.(89)

We would have invented against Allāh a lie if we returned to your religion after Allāh had saved us from it. And it is not for us to return to it except that Allāh, our Lord, should will. Our Lord has encompassed all things in knowledge. Upon Allāh we have relied. Our Lord, decide between us and our people in truth, and You are the best of those who give decision." [Al-Araaf: 89]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 89

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

We would have invented against Allāh a lie if we returned to your religion after Allāh had saved us from it. And it is not for us to return to it except that Allāh, our Lord, should will. Our Lord has encompassed all things in knowledge. Upon Allāh we have relied. Our Lord, decide between us and our people in truth, and You are the best of those who give decision."

Transliteration

Ayah 89

Qadi iftarayna AAala Allahi kathiban in AAudna fee millatikum baAAda ith najjana Allahu minha wama yakoonu lana an naAAooda feeha illa an yashaa Allahu rabbuna wasiAAa rabbuna kulla shayin AAilman AAala Allahi tawakkalna rabbana iftah baynana wabayna qawmina bialhaqqi waanta khayru alfatiheena

Word-by-word

Ayah 89

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَدِ Qadi Verily
2 افْتَرَيْنَا iftarayna we would have fabricated ف ر ي
3 عَلَى AAala against
4 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
5 كَذِبًا kathiban a lie ك ذ ب
6 إِنْ in if
7 عُدْنَا AAudna we returned ع و د
8 فِى fee in
9 مِلَّتِكُم millatikum your religion م ل ل
10 بَعْدَ baAAda after ب ع د
11 إِذْ ith [when]
12 نَجَّانَا najjana saved us ن ج و
13 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
14 مِنْهَا minha from it
15 وَمَا wama And not
16 يَكُونُ yakoonu it is ك و ن
17 لَنَآ lana for us
18 أَن an that
19 نَّعُودَ naAAooda we return ع و د
20 فِيهَآ feeha in it
21 إِلَّآ illa except
22 أَن an that
23 يَشَآءَ yashaa wills ش ي أ
24 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
25 رَبُّنَا rabbuna our Lord ر ب ب
26 وَسِعَ wasiAAa Encompasses و س ع
27 رَبُّنَا rabbuna (by) Our Lord ر ب ب
28 كُلَّ kulla every ك ل ل
29 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
30 عِلْمًا AAilman (in) knowledge ع ل م
31 عَلَى AAala Upon
32 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
33 تَوَكَّلْنَا tawakkalna we put our trust و ك ل
34 رَبَّنَا rabbana Our Lord! ر ب ب
35 افْتَحْ iftah Decide ف ت ح
36 بَيْنَنَا baynana between us ب ي ن
37 وَبَيْنَ wabayna and between ب ي ن
38 قَوْمِنَا qawmina our people ق و م
39 بِالْحَقِّ bialhaqqi in truth ح ق ق
40 وَأَنتَ waanta and You
41 خَيْرُ khayru (are the) Best خ ي ر
42 الْفَاتِحِينَ alfatiheena (of) those who Decide ف ت ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 90

وَقَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَفَرُوا۟ مِن قَوْمِهِۦ لَئِنِ ٱتَّبَعْتُمْ شُعَيْبًا إِنَّكُمْ إِذًۭا لَّخَٰسِرُونَ.(90)

Said the eminent ones who disbelieved among his people, "If you should follow Shuʿayb, indeed, you would then be losers." [Al-Araaf: 90]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 90

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Said the eminent ones who disbelieved among his people, "If you should follow Shuʿayb, indeed, you would then be losers."

Transliteration

Ayah 90

Waqala almalao allatheena kafaroo min qawmihi laini ittabaAAtum shuAAayban innakum ithan lakhasiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 90

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَالَ Waqala And said ق و ل
2 الْمَلَأُ almalao the chiefs م ل أ
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena (of) those who
4 كَفَرُواْ kafaroo disbelieved ك ف ر
5 مِن min among
6 قَوْمِهِۦ qawmihi his people ق و م
7 لَئِنِ laini If
8 اتَّبَعْتُمْ ittabaAAtum you follow ت ب ع
9 شُعَيْباً shuAAayban Shuaib
10 إِنَّكُمْ innakum indeed you
11 إِذاً ithan then
12 لَّخَاسِرُونَ lakhasiroona (will be) certainly losers خ س ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 91

فَأَخَذَتْهُمُ ٱلرَّجْفَةُ فَأَصْبَحُوا۟ فِى دَارِهِمْ جَٰثِمِينَ.(91)

So the earthquake seized them, and they became within their home [corpses] fallen prone. [Al-Araaf: 91]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 91

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So the earthquake seized them, and they became within their home [corpses] fallen prone.

Transliteration

Ayah 91

Faakhathathumu alrrajfatu faasbahoo fee darihim jathimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 91

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَأَخَذَتْهُمُ Faakhathathumu Then seized them أ خ ذ
2 الرَّجْفَةُ alrrajfatu the earthquake ر ج ف
3 فَأَصْبَحُواْ faasbahoo then they became ص ب ح
4 فِى fee in
5 دَارِهِمْ darihim their home(s) د و ر
6 جَاثِمِينَ jathimeena fallen prone ج ث م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 92

ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ شُعَيْبًۭا كَأَن لَّمْ يَغْنَوْا۟ فِيهَا ۚ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ شُعَيْبًۭا كَانُوا۟ هُمُ ٱلْخَٰسِرِينَ.(92)

Those who denied Shuʿayb - it was as though they had never resided there. Those who denied Shuʿayb - it was they who were the losers. [Al-Araaf: 92]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 92

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those who denied Shuʿayb - it was as though they had never resided there. Those who denied Shuʿayb - it was they who were the losers.

Transliteration

Ayah 92

Allatheena kaththaboo shuAAayban kaan lam yaghnaw feeha allatheena kaththaboo shuAAayban kanoo humu alkhasireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 92

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those who
2 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo denied ك ذ ب
3 شُعَيْبًا shuAAayban Shuaib
4 كَأَن kaan (became) as if
5 لَّمْ lam not
6 يَغْنَوْا yaghnaw they (had) lived غ ن ي
7 فِيهَا feeha therein
8 الَّذِينَ allatheena Those who
9 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo denied ك ذ ب
10 شُعَيْبًا shuAAayban Shuaib
11 كَانُواْ kanoo they were ك و ن
12 هُمُ humu them
13 الْخَاسِرِينَ alkhasireena the losers خ س ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 93

فَتَوَلَّىٰ عَنْهُمْ وَقَالَ يَٰقَوْمِ لَقَدْ أَبْلَغْتُكُمْ رِسَٰلَٰتِ رَبِّى وَنَصَحْتُ لَكُمْ ۖ فَكَيْفَ ءَاسَىٰ عَلَىٰ قَوْمٍۢ كَٰفِرِينَ.(93)

And he [i.e., Shuʿayb] turned away from them and said, "O my people, I had certainly conveyed to you the messages of my Lord and advised you, so how could I grieve for a disbelieving people?" [Al-Araaf: 93]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 93

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And he [i.e., Shuʿayb] turned away from them and said, "O my people, I had certainly conveyed to you the messages of my Lord and advised you, so how could I grieve for a disbelieving people?"

Transliteration

Ayah 93

Fatawalla AAanhum waqala ya qawmi laqad ablaghtukum risalati rabbee wanasahtu lakum fakayfa asa AAala qawmin kafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 93

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَتَوَلَّىٰ Fatawalla So he turned away و ل ي
2 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum from them
3 وَقَالَ waqala and said ق و ل
4 يَاقَوْمِ yaqawmi O my people! ق و م
5 لَقَدْ laqad Verily
6 أَبْلَغْتُكُمْ ablaghtukum I (have) conveyed to you ب ل غ
7 رِسَالَاتِ risalati (the) Messages ر س ل
8 رَبِّى rabbee (of) my Lord ر ب ب
9 وَنَصَحْتُ wanasahtu and advised ن ص ح
10 لَكُمْ lakum [to] you
11 فَكَيْفَ fakayfa So how could? ك ي ف
12 اٰسَى asa I grieve أ س و
13 عَلَىٰ AAala for
14 قَوْمٍ qawmin a people ق و م
15 كَافِرِينَ kafireena (who are) disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 94

وَمَآ أَرْسَلْنَا فِى قَرْيَةٍۢ مِّن نَّبِىٍّ إِلَّآ أَخَذْنَآ أَهْلَهَا بِٱلْبَأْسَآءِ وَٱلضَّرَّآءِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَضَّرَّعُونَ.(94)

And We sent to no city a prophet [who was denied] except that We seized its people with poverty and hardship that they might humble themselves [to Allāh]. [Al-Araaf: 94]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 94

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We sent to no city a prophet [who was denied] except that We seized its people with poverty and hardship that they might humble themselves [to Allāh].

Transliteration

Ayah 94

Wama arsalna fee qaryatin min nabiyyin illa akhathna ahlaha bialbasai waalddarrai laAAallahum yaddarraAAoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 94

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَآ Wama And not
2 أَرْسَلْنَا arsalna We sent ر س ل
3 فِى fee in
4 قَرْيَةٍ qaryatin a city ق ر ي
5 مِّن min any
6 نَّبِىٍّ nabiyyin Prophet ن ب أ
7 إِلَّآ illa except
8 أَخَذْنَآ akhathna We seized أ خ ذ
9 أَهْلَهَا ahlaha its people أ ه ل
10 بِالْبَأْسَآءِ bialbasai with adversity ب أ س
11 وَالضَّرَّآءِ waalddarrai and hardship ض ر ر
12 لَعَلَّهُمْ laAAallahum so that they may
13 يَضَّرَّعُونَ yaddarraAAoona (become) humble ض ر ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 95

ثُمَّ بَدَّلْنَا مَكَانَ ٱلسَّيِّئَةِ ٱلْحَسَنَةَ حَتَّىٰ عَفَوا۟ وَّقَالُوا۟ قَدْ مَسَّ ءَابَآءَنَا ٱلضَّرَّآءُ وَٱلسَّرَّآءُ فَأَخَذْنَٰهُم بَغْتَةًۭ وَهُمْ لَا يَشْعُرُونَ.(95)

Then We exchanged in place of the bad [condition], good, until they increased [and prospered] and said, "Our fathers [also] were touched with hardship and ease."1 So We seized them suddenly while they did not perceive.2 [Al-Araaf: 95]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 95

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then We exchanged in place of the bad [condition], good, until they increased [and prospered] and said, "Our fathers [also] were touched with hardship and ease."1 So We seized them suddenly while they did not perceive.2

Transliteration

Ayah 95

Thumma baddalna makana alssayyiati alhasanata hatta AAafaw waqaloo qad massa abaana alddarrao waalssarrao faakhathnahum baghtatan wahum la yashAAuroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 95

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ثُمَّ Thumma Then
2 بَدَّلْنَا baddalna We changed ب د ل
3 مَكَانَ makana (in) place ك و ن
4 السَّيِّئَةِ alssayyiati (of) the bad س و أ
5 الْحَسَنَةَ alhasanata the good ح س ن
6 حَتَّىٰ hatta until
7 عَفَواْ AAafaw they increased ع ف و
8 وَّقَالُواْ waqaloo and said ق و ل
9 قَدْ qad Verily
10 مَسَّ massa (had) touched م س س
11 اٰبَآءَنَا abaana our forefathers أ ب و
12 الضَّرَّآءُ alddarrao the adversity ض ر ر
13 وَالسَّرَّآءُ waalssarrao and the ease س ر ر
14 فَأَخَذْنَاهُم faakhathnahum So We seized them أ خ ذ
15 بَغْتَةً baghtatan suddenly ب غ ت
16 وَهُمْ wahum while they
17 لَا la (did) not
18 يَشْعُرُونَ yashAAuroona perceive ش ع ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 96

وَلَوْ أَنَّ أَهْلَ ٱلْقُرَىٰٓ ءَامَنُوا۟ وَٱتَّقَوْا۟ لَفَتَحْنَا عَلَيْهِم بَرَكَٰتٍۢ مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَلَٰكِن كَذَّبُوا۟ فَأَخَذْنَٰهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَكْسِبُونَ.(96)

And if only the people of the cities had believed and feared Allāh, We would have opened [i.e., bestowed] upon them blessings from the heaven and the earth; but they denied [the messengers], so We seized them for what they were earning.1 [Al-Araaf: 96]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 96

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if only the people of the cities had believed and feared Allāh, We would have opened [i.e., bestowed] upon them blessings from the heaven and the earth; but they denied [the messengers], so We seized them for what they were earning.1

Transliteration

Ayah 96

Walaw anna ahla alqura amanoo waittaqaw lafatahna AAalayhim barakatin mina alssamai waalardi walakin kaththaboo faakhathnahum bima kanoo yaksiboona

Word-by-word

Ayah 96

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَوْ Walaw And if
2 أَنَّ anna [that]
3 أَهْلَ ahla people أ ه ل
4 الْقُرَىٰٓ alqura (of) the cities ق ر ي
5 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo (had) believed أ م ن
6 وَاتَّقَواْ waittaqaw and feared Allah و ق ي
7 لَفَتَحْنَا lafatahna surely We (would have) opened ف ت ح
8 عَلَيْهِم AAalayhim upon them
9 بَرَكَاتٍ barakatin blessings ب ر ك
10 مِّنَ mina from
11 السَّمَآءِ alssamai the heaven س م و
12 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
13 وَلَٰكِن walakin but
14 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo they denied ك ذ ب
15 فَأَخَذْنَاهُم faakhathnahum So We seized them أ خ ذ
16 بِمَا bima for what
17 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
18 يَكْسِبُونَ yaksiboona earn ك س ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 97

أَفَأَمِنَ أَهْلُ ٱلْقُرَىٰٓ أَن يَأْتِيَهُم بَأْسُنَا بَيَٰتًۭا وَهُمْ نَآئِمُونَ.(97)

Then, did the people of the cities feel secure from Our punishment coming to them at night while they were asleep? [Al-Araaf: 97]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 97

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then, did the people of the cities feel secure from Our punishment coming to them at night while they were asleep?

Transliteration

Ayah 97

Afaamina ahlu alqura an yatiyahum basuna bayatan wahum naimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 97

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَفَأَمِنَ Afaamina Then did feel secure? أ م ن
2 أَهْلُ ahlu (the) people أ ه ل
3 الْقُرَىٰٓ alqura (of) the cities ق ر ي
4 أَن an that
5 يَأْتِيَهُمْ yatiyahum comes to them أ ت ي
6 بَأْسُنَا basuna Our punishment ب أ س
7 بَيَاتاً bayatan (at) night ب ي ت
8 وَهُمْ wahum while they
9 نَآئِمُونَ naimoona (were) asleep ن و م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 98

أَوَأَمِنَ أَهْلُ ٱلْقُرَىٰٓ أَن يَأْتِيَهُم بَأْسُنَا ضُحًۭى وَهُمْ يَلْعَبُونَ.(98)

Or did the people of the cities feel secure from Our punishment coming to them in the morning while they were at play?1 [Al-Araaf: 98]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 98

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Or did the people of the cities feel secure from Our punishment coming to them in the morning while they were at play?1

Transliteration

Ayah 98

Awa amina ahlu alqura an yatiyahum basuna duhan wahum yalAAaboona

Word-by-word

Ayah 98

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَوَأَمِنَ Awaamina Or did felt secure? أ م ن
2 أَهْلُ ahlu (the) people أ ه ل
3 الْقُرَىٰٓ alqura (of) the cities ق ر ي
4 أَن an that
5 يَأْتِيَهُمْ yatiyahum comes to them أ ت ي
6 بَأْسُنَا basuna Our punishment ب أ س
7 ضُحًى duhan (in) daylight ض ح و
8 وَهُمْ wahum while they
9 يَلْعَبُونَ yalAAaboona (were) playing ل ع ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 99

أَفَأَمِنُوا۟ مَكْرَ ٱللَّهِ ۚ فَلَا يَأْمَنُ مَكْرَ ٱللَّهِ إِلَّا ٱلْقَوْمُ ٱلْخَٰسِرُونَ.(99)

Then, did they feel secure from the plan of Allāh? But no one feels secure from the plan of Allāh except the losing people. [Al-Araaf: 99]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 99

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then, did they feel secure from the plan of Allāh? But no one feels secure from the plan of Allāh except the losing people.

Transliteration

Ayah 99

Afaaminoo makra Allahi fala yamanu makra Allahi illa alqawmu alkhasiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 99

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَفَأَمِنُواْ Afaaminoo Then did they feel secure? أ م ن
2 مَكْرَ makra (from the) plan م ك ر
3 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
4 فَلَا fala But not
5 يَأْمَنُ yamanu feel secure أ م ن
6 مَكْرَ makra (from the) plan م ك ر
7 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
8 إِلَّا illa except
9 الْقَوْمُ alqawmu the people ق و م
10 الْخَاسِرُونَ alkhasiroona (who are) the losers خ س ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 100

أَوَلَمْ يَهْدِ لِلَّذِينَ يَرِثُونَ ٱلْأَرْضَ مِنۢ بَعْدِ أَهْلِهَآ أَن لَّوْ نَشَآءُ أَصَبْنَٰهُم بِذُنُوبِهِمْ ۚ وَنَطْبَعُ عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِهِمْ فَهُمْ لَا يَسْمَعُونَ.(100)

Has it not become clear to those who inherited the earth after its [previous] people that if We willed, We could afflict them for their sins? But We seal over their hearts so they do not hear.1 [Al-Araaf: 100]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 100

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Has it not become clear to those who inherited the earth after its [previous] people that if We willed, We could afflict them for their sins? But We seal over their hearts so they do not hear.1

Transliteration

Ayah 100

Awalam yahdi lillatheena yarithoona alarda min baAAdi ahliha an law nashao asabnahum bithunoobihim wanatbaAAu AAala quloobihim fahum la yasmaAAoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 100

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَوَلَمْ Awalam Would it not?
2 يَهْدِ yahdi guide ه د ي
3 لِلَّذِينَ lillatheena [for] those who
4 يَرِثُونَ yarithoona inherit و ر ث
5 الْأَرْضَ alarda the land أ ر ض
6 مِن min from
7 بَعْدِ baAAdi after ب ع د
8 أَهْلِهَآ ahliha its people أ ه ل
9 أَن an that
10 لَّوْ law if
11 نَشَآءُ nashao We willed ش ي أ
12 أَصَبْنَاهُم asabnahum We (could) afflict them ص و ب
13 بِذُنُوبِهِمْ bithunoobihim for their sins ذ ن ب
14 وَنَطْبَعُ wanatbaAAu and We put a seal ط ب ع
15 عَلَىٰ AAala over
16 قُلُوبِهِمْ quloobihim their hearts ق ل ب
17 فَهُمْ fahum so they
18 لَا la (do) not
19 يَسْمَعُونَ yasmaAAoona hear س م ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 101

تِلْكَ ٱلْقُرَىٰ نَقُصُّ عَلَيْكَ مِنْ أَنۢبَآئِهَا ۚ وَلَقَدْ جَآءَتْهُمْ رُسُلُهُم بِٱلْبَيِّنَٰتِ فَمَا كَانُوا۟ لِيُؤْمِنُوا۟ بِمَا كَذَّبُوا۟ مِن قَبْلُ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ يَطْبَعُ ٱللَّهُ عَلَىٰ قُلُوبِ ٱلْكَٰفِرِينَ.(101)

Those cities - We relate to you, [O Muḥammad], some of their news. And certainly did their messengers come to them with clear proofs, but they were not to believe in that which they had denied before.1 Thus does Allāh seal over the hearts of the disbelievers. [Al-Araaf: 101]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 101

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those cities - We relate to you, [O Muḥammad], some of their news. And certainly did their messengers come to them with clear proofs, but they were not to believe in that which they had denied before.1 Thus does Allāh seal over the hearts of the disbelievers.

Transliteration

Ayah 101

Tilka alqura naqussu AAalayka min anbaiha walaqad jaathum rusuluhum bialbayyinati fama kanoo liyuminoo bima kaththaboo min qablu kathalika yatbaAAu Allahu AAala quloobi alkafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 101

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 تِلْكَ Tilka These
2 الْقُرَىٰ alqura (were) the cities ق ر ي
3 نَقُصُّ naqussu We relate ق ص ص
4 عَلَيْكَ AAalayka to you
5 مِنْ min of
6 أَنبَآئِهَا anbaiha their news ن ب أ
7 وَلَقَدْ walaqad And certainly
8 جَآءَتْهُمْ jaathum came to them ج ي أ
9 رُسُلُهُم rusuluhum their Messengers ر س ل
10 بِالْبَيِّنَاتِ bialbayyinati with clear proofs ب ي ن
11 فَمَا fama but not
12 كَانُواْ kanoo they were ك و ن
13 لِيُؤْمِنُواْ liyuminoo to believe أ م ن
14 بِمَا bima in what
15 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo they (had) denied ك ذ ب
16 مِن min from
17 قَبْلُ qablu before ق ب ل
18 كَذَٰلِكَ kathalika Thus
19 يَطْبَعُ yatbaAAu (has been) put a seal ط ب ع
20 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
21 عَلَىٰ AAala on
22 قُلُوبِ quloobi (the) hearts ق ل ب
23 الْكَافِرِينَ alkafireena (of) the disbelievers ك ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 102

وَمَا وَجَدْنَا لِأَكْثَرِهِم مِّنْ عَهْدٍۢ ۖ وَإِن وَجَدْنَآ أَكْثَرَهُمْ لَفَٰسِقِينَ.(102)

And We did not find for most of them any covenant;1 but indeed, We found most of them defiantly disobedient. [Al-Araaf: 102]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 102

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We did not find for most of them any covenant;1 but indeed, We found most of them defiantly disobedient.

Transliteration

Ayah 102

Wama wajadna liaktharihim min AAahdin wain wajadna aktharahum lafasiqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 102

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not
2 وَجَدْنَا wajadna We found و ج د
3 لِأَكْثَرِهِم liaktharihim for most of them ك ث ر
4 مِّنْ min any
5 عَهْدٍ AAahdin covenant ع ه د
6 وَإِن wain But
7 وَجَدْنَآ wajadna We found و ج د
8 أَكْثَرَهُمْ aktharahum most of them ك ث ر
9 لَفَاسِقِينَ lafasiqeena certainly defiantly disobedient ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 103

ثُمَّ بَعَثْنَا مِنۢ بَعْدِهِم مُّوسَىٰ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَآ إِلَىٰ فِرْعَوْنَ وَمَلَإِي۟هِۦ فَظَلَمُوا۟ بِهَا ۖ فَٱنظُرْ كَيْفَ كَانَ عَٰقِبَةُ ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ.(103)

Then We sent after them Moses with Our signs to Pharaoh and his establishment, but they were unjust toward them.1 So see how was the end of the corrupters. [Al-Araaf: 103]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 103

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then We sent after them Moses with Our signs to Pharaoh and his establishment, but they were unjust toward them.1 So see how was the end of the corrupters.

Transliteration

Ayah 103

Thumma baAAathna min baAAdihim moosa biayatina ila firAAawna wamalaihi fathalamoo biha faonuthur kayfa kana AAaqibatu almufsideena

Word-by-word

Ayah 103

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 ثُمَّ Thumma Then
2 بَعَثْنَا baAAathna We sent ب ع ث
3 مِن min from
4 بَعْدِهِم baAAdihim after them ب ع د
5 مُّوسَىٰ moosa Musa
6 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina with Our Signs أ ي ي
7 إِلَىٰ ila to
8 فِرْعَوْنَ firAAawna Firaun
9 وَمَلَإِيهِۦ wamalaihi and his chiefs م ل أ
10 فَظَلَمُواْ fathalamoo But they were unjust ظ ل م
11 بِهَا biha to them
12 فَانظُرْ faonuthur So see ن ظ ر
13 كَيْفَ kayfa how? ك ي ف
14 كَانَ kana was ك و ن
15 عَاقِبَةُ AAaqibatu (the) end ع ق ب
16 الْمُفْسِدِينَ almufsideena (of) the corrupters ف س د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 104

وَقَالَ مُوسَىٰ يَٰفِرْعَوْنُ إِنِّى رَسُولٌۭ مِّن رَّبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(104)

And Moses said, "O Pharaoh, I am a messenger from the Lord of the worlds [Al-Araaf: 104]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 104

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And Moses said, "O Pharaoh, I am a messenger from the Lord of the worlds

Transliteration

Ayah 104

Waqala moosa ya firAAawnu innee rasoolun min rabbi alAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 104

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَالَ Waqala And said ق و ل
2 مُوسَىٰ moosa Musa
3 يَافِرْعَوْنُ yafirAAawnu O Firaun!
4 إِنِّى innee Indeed I am
5 رَسُولٌ rasoolun a Messenger ر س ل
6 مِّن min from
7 رَّبِّ rabbi (the) Lord ر ب ب
8 الْعَالَمِينَ alAAalameena (of) the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 105

حَقِيقٌ عَلَىٰٓ أَن لَّآ أَقُولَ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ إِلَّا ٱلْحَقَّ ۚ قَدْ جِئْتُكُم بِبَيِّنَةٍۢ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ فَأَرْسِلْ مَعِىَ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ.(105)

[Who is] obligated not to say about Allāh except the truth. I have come to you with clear evidence from your Lord, so send with me the Children of Israel."1 [Al-Araaf: 105]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 105

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Who is] obligated not to say about Allāh except the truth. I have come to you with clear evidence from your Lord, so send with me the Children of Israel."1

Transliteration

Ayah 105

Haqeequn AAala an la aqoola AAala Allahi illa alhaqqa qad jitukum bibayyinatin min rabbikum faarsil maAAiya banee israeela

Word-by-word

Ayah 105

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 حَقِيقٌ Haqeequn Obligated ح ق ق
2 عَلَىٰٓ AAala on
3 أَن an that
4 لَّآ la not
5 أَقُولَ aqoola I say ق و ل
6 عَلَى AAala about
7 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
8 إِلَّا illa except
9 الْحَقَّ alhaqqa the truth ح ق ق
10 قَدْ qad Verily
11 جِئْتُكُم jitukum I (have) come to you ج ي أ
12 بِبَيِّنَةٍ bibayyinatin with a clear Sign ب ي ن
13 مِّن min from
14 رَّبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
15 فَأَرْسِلْ faarsil so send ر س ل
16 مَعِىَ maAAiya with me
17 بَنِىٓ banee (the) Children ب ن ي
18 إِسْرَائِيلَ israeela (of) Israel

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 106

قَالَ إِن كُنتَ جِئْتَ بِـَٔايَةٍۢ فَأْتِ بِهَآ إِن كُنتَ مِنَ ٱلصَّٰدِقِينَ.(106)

[Pharaoh] said, "If you have come with a sign, then bring it forth, if you should be of the truthful." [Al-Araaf: 106]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 106

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Pharaoh] said, "If you have come with a sign, then bring it forth, if you should be of the truthful."

Transliteration

Ayah 106

Qala in kunta jita biayatin fati biha in kunta mina alssadiqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 106

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala He said ق و ل
2 إِن in If
3 كُنتَ kunta you have ك و ن
4 جِئْتَ jita come ج ي أ
5 بِاٰيَةٍ biayatin with a Sign أ ي ي
6 فَأْتِ fati then bring أ ت ي
7 بِهَآ biha it
8 إِن in if
9 كُنتَ kunta you are ك و ن
10 مِنَ mina of
11 الصَّادِقِينَ alssadiqeena the truthful ص د ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 107

فَأَلْقَىٰ عَصَاهُ فَإِذَا هِىَ ثُعْبَانٌۭ مُّبِينٌۭ.(107)

So he [i.e., Moses] threw his staff, and suddenly it was a serpent, manifest.1 [Al-Araaf: 107]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 107

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So he [i.e., Moses] threw his staff, and suddenly it was a serpent, manifest.1

Transliteration

Ayah 107

Faalqa AAasahu faitha hiya thuAAbanun mubeenun

Word-by-word

Ayah 107

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَأَلْقَىٰ Faalqa So he threw ل ق ي
2 عَصَاهُ AAasahu his staff ع ص و
3 فَإِذَا faitha and suddenly
4 هِىَ hiya it
5 ثُعْبَانٌ thuAAbanun (was) a serpent ث ع ب
6 مُّبِينٌ mubeenun manifest ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 108

وَنَزَعَ يَدَهُۥ فَإِذَا هِىَ بَيْضَآءُ لِلنَّٰظِرِينَ.(108)

And he drew out his hand; thereupon it was white [with radiance] for the observers. [Al-Araaf: 108]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 108

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And he drew out his hand; thereupon it was white [with radiance] for the observers.

Transliteration

Ayah 108

WanazaAAa yadahu faitha hiya baydao lilnnathireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 108

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَنَزَعَ WanazaAAa And he drew out ن ز ع
2 يَدَهُۥ yadahu his hand ي د ي
3 فَإِذَا faitha and suddenly
4 هِىَ hiya it
5 بَيْضَآءُ baydao (was) white ب ي ض
6 لِلنَّاظِرِينَ lilnnathireena for the observers ن ظ ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 109

قَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ مِن قَوْمِ فِرْعَوْنَ إِنَّ هَٰذَا لَسَٰحِرٌ عَلِيمٌۭ.(109)

Said the eminent among the people of Pharaoh, "Indeed, this is a learned magician [Al-Araaf: 109]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 109

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Said the eminent among the people of Pharaoh, "Indeed, this is a learned magician

Transliteration

Ayah 109

Qala almalao min qawmi firAAawna inna hatha lasahirun AAaleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 109

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala Said ق و ل
2 الْمَلَأُ almalao the chiefs م ل أ
3 مِن min of
4 قَوْمِ qawmi (the) people ق و م
5 فِرْعَوْنَ firAAawna (of) Firaun
6 إِنَّ inna Indeed
7 هَٰذَا hatha this
8 لَسَاحِرٌ lasahirun (is) surely a magician س ح ر
9 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun learned ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 110

يُرِيدُ أَن يُخْرِجَكُم مِّنْ أَرْضِكُمْ ۖ فَمَاذَا تَأْمُرُونَ.(110)

Who wants to expel you from your land [through magic], so what do you instruct?" [Al-Araaf: 110]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 110

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Who wants to expel you from your land [through magic], so what do you instruct?"

Transliteration

Ayah 110

Yureedu an yukhrijakum min ardikum famatha tamuroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 110

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يُرِيدُ Yureedu He wants ر و د
2 أَن an to
3 يُخْرِجَكُم yukhrijakum drive you out خ ر ج
4 مِّنْ min from
5 أَرْضِكُمْ ardikum your land أ ر ض
6 فَمَاذَا famatha so what?
7 تَأْمُرُونَ tamuroona (do) you instruct أ م ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 111

قَالُوٓا۟ أَرْجِهْ وَأَخَاهُ وَأَرْسِلْ فِى ٱلْمَدَآئِنِ حَٰشِرِينَ.(111)

They said,1 "Postpone [the matter of] him and his brother and send among the cities gatherers [Al-Araaf: 111]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 111

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They said,1 "Postpone [the matter of] him and his brother and send among the cities gatherers

Transliteration

Ayah 111

Qaloo arjih waakhahu waarsil fee almadaini hashireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 111

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالُوٓاْ Qaloo They said ق و ل
2 أَرْجِهْ arjih Postpone him ر ج و
3 وَأَخَاهُ waakhahu and his brother أ خ و
4 وَأَرْسِلْ waarsil and send ر س ل
5 فِى fee in
6 الْمَدَآئِنِ almadaini the cities م د ن
7 حَاشِرِينَ hashireena gatherers ح ش ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 112

يَأْتُوكَ بِكُلِّ سَٰحِرٍ عَلِيمٍۢ.(112)

Who will bring you every learned magician." [Al-Araaf: 112]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 112

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Who will bring you every learned magician."

Transliteration

Ayah 112

Yatooka bikulli sahirin AAaleemin

Word-by-word

Ayah 112

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَأْتُوكَ Yatooka They (will) bring to you أ ت ي
2 بِكُلِّ bikulli [with] every ك ل ل
3 سَاحِرٍ sahirin magician س ح ر
4 عَلِيمٍ AAaleemin learned ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 113

وَجَآءَ ٱلسَّحَرَةُ فِرْعَوْنَ قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّ لَنَا لَأَجْرًا إِن كُنَّا نَحْنُ ٱلْغَٰلِبِينَ.(113)

And the magicians came to Pharaoh. They said, "Indeed for us is a reward if we are the predominant." [Al-Araaf: 113]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 113

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And the magicians came to Pharaoh. They said, "Indeed for us is a reward if we are the predominant."

Transliteration

Ayah 113

Wajaa alssaharatu firAAawna qaloo inna lana laajran in kunna nahnu alghalibeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 113

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَجَآءَ Wajaa So came ج ي أ
2 السَّحَرَةُ alssaharatu the magicians س ح ر
3 فِرْعَوْنَ firAAawna (to) Firaun
4 قَالُوٓاْ qaloo They said ق و ل
5 إِنَّ inna Indeed
6 لَنَا lana for us
7 لَأَجْرًا laajran surely (will be) a reward أ ج ر
8 إِن in if
9 كُنَّا kunna we are ك و ن
10 نَحْنُ nahnu [we]
11 الْغَالِبِينَ alghalibeena the victors غ ل ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 114

قَالَ نَعَمْ وَإِنَّكُمْ لَمِنَ ٱلْمُقَرَّبِينَ.(114)

He said, "Yes, and, [moreover], you will be among those made near [to me]." [Al-Araaf: 114]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 114

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

He said, "Yes, and, [moreover], you will be among those made near [to me]."

Transliteration

Ayah 114

Qala naAAam wainnakum lamina almuqarrabeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 114

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala He said ق و ل
2 نَعَمْ naAAam Yes
3 وَإِنَّكُمْ wainnakum and indeed you
4 لَمِنَ lamina surely (will be) of
5 الْمُقَرَّبِينَ almuqarrabeena the ones who are near ق ر ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 115

قَالُوا۟ يَٰمُوسَىٰٓ إِمَّآ أَن تُلْقِىَ وَإِمَّآ أَن نَّكُونَ نَحْنُ ٱلْمُلْقِينَ.(115)

They said, "O Moses, either you throw [your staff], or we will be the ones to throw [first]." [Al-Araaf: 115]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 115

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They said, "O Moses, either you throw [your staff], or we will be the ones to throw [first]."

Transliteration

Ayah 115

Qaloo ya moosa imma an tulqiya waimma an nakoona nahnu almulqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 115

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالُواْ Qaloo They said ق و ل
2 يَامُوسَىٰٓ yamoosa O Musa!
3 إِمَّآ imma Whether
4 أَن an [that]
5 تُلْقِىَ tulqiya you throw ل ق ي
6 وَإِمَّآ waimma or Whether
7 أَن an [that]
8 نَّكُونَ nakoona we will be ك و ن
9 نَحْنُ nahnu [we]
10 الْمُلْقِينَ almulqeena the ones to throw ل ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 116

قَالَ أَلْقُوا۟ ۖ فَلَمَّآ أَلْقَوْا۟ سَحَرُوٓا۟ أَعْيُنَ ٱلنَّاسِ وَٱسْتَرْهَبُوهُمْ وَجَآءُو بِسِحْرٍ عَظِيمٍۢ.(116)

He said, "Throw," and when they threw, they bewitched the eyes of the people and struck terror into them, and they presented a great [feat of] magic.1 [Al-Araaf: 116]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 116

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

He said, "Throw," and when they threw, they bewitched the eyes of the people and struck terror into them, and they presented a great [feat of] magic.1

Transliteration

Ayah 116

Qala alqoo falamma alqaw saharoo aAAyuna alnnasi waistarhaboohum wajaoo bisihrin AAatheemin

Word-by-word

Ayah 116

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala He said ق و ل
2 أَلْقُوْاْ alqoo Throw ل ق ي
3 فَلَمَّآ falamma Then when
4 أَلْقَوْاْ alqaw they threw ل ق ي
5 سَحَرُوٓاْ saharoo they bewitched س ح ر
6 أَعْيُنَ aAAyuna (the) eyes ع ي ن
7 النَّاسِ alnnasi (of) the people ن و س
8 وَاسْتَرْهَبُوهُمْ waistarhaboohum and terrified them ر ه ب
9 وَجَآءُو wajaoo and came (up) ج ي أ
10 بِسِحْرٍ bisihrin with a magic س ح ر
11 عَظِيمٍ AAatheemin great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 117

وَأَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَىٰ مُوسَىٰٓ أَنْ أَلْقِ عَصَاكَ ۖ فَإِذَا هِىَ تَلْقَفُ مَا يَأْفِكُونَ.(117)

And We inspired to Moses, "Throw your staff," and at once it devoured what they were falsifying. [Al-Araaf: 117]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 117

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We inspired to Moses, "Throw your staff," and at once it devoured what they were falsifying.

Transliteration

Ayah 117

Waawhayna ila moosa an alqi AAasaka faitha hiya talqafu ma yafikoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 117

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَأَوْحَيْنَآ Waawhayna And We inspired و ح ي
2 إِلَىٰ ila to
3 مُوسَىٰٓ moosa Musa
4 أَنْ an that
5 أَلْقِ alqi Throw ل ق ي
6 عَصَاكَ AAasaka your staff ع ص و
7 فَإِذَا faitha and suddenly
8 هِىَ hiya it
9 تَلْقَفُ talqafu swallow(ed) ل ق ف
10 مَا ma what
11 يَأْفِكُونَ yafikoona they (were) falsifying أ ف ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 118

فَوَقَعَ ٱلْحَقُّ وَبَطَلَ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ.(118)

So the truth was established, and abolished was what they were doing. [Al-Araaf: 118]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 118

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So the truth was established, and abolished was what they were doing.

Transliteration

Ayah 118

FawaqaAAa alhaqqu wabatala ma kanoo yaAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 118

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَوَقَعَ FawaqaAAa So was established و ق ع
2 الْحَقُّ alhaqqu the truth ح ق ق
3 وَبَطَلَ wabatala and became futile ب ط ل
4 مَا ma what
5 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
6 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 119

فَغُلِبُوا۟ هُنَالِكَ وَٱنقَلَبُوا۟ صَٰغِرِينَ.(119)

And they [i.e., Pharaoh and his people] were overcome right there and became debased. [Al-Araaf: 119]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 119

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And they [i.e., Pharaoh and his people] were overcome right there and became debased.

Transliteration

Ayah 119

Faghuliboo hunalika wainqalaboo saghireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 119

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَغُلِبُواْ Faghuliboo So they were defeated غ ل ب
2 هُنَالِكَ hunalika there
3 وَانقَلَبُواْ wainqalaboo and returned ق ل ب
4 صَاغِرِينَ saghireena humiliated ص غ ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 120

وَأُلْقِىَ ٱلسَّحَرَةُ سَٰجِدِينَ.(120)

And the magicians fell down in prostration [to Allāh]. [Al-Araaf: 120]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 120

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And the magicians fell down in prostration [to Allāh].

Transliteration

Ayah 120

Waolqiya alssaharatu sajideena

Word-by-word

Ayah 120

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَأُلْقِىَ Waolqiya And fell down ل ق ي
2 السَّحَرَةُ alssaharatu the magicians س ح ر
3 سَاجِدِينَ sajideena prostrate س ج د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 121

قَالُوٓا۟ ءَامَنَّا بِرَبِّ ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(121)

They said, "We have believed in the Lord of the worlds, [Al-Araaf: 121]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 121

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They said, "We have believed in the Lord of the worlds,

Transliteration

Ayah 121

Qaloo amanna birabbi alAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 121

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالُوٓاْ Qaloo They said ق و ل
2 اٰمَنَّا amanna We believe أ م ن
3 بِرَبِّ birabbi in (the) Lord ر ب ب
4 الْعَالَمِينَ alAAalameena (of) the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 122

رَبِّ مُوسَىٰ وَهَٰرُونَ.(122)

The Lord of Moses and Aaron." [Al-Araaf: 122]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 122

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

The Lord of Moses and Aaron."

Transliteration

Ayah 122

Rabbi moosa waharoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 122

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 رَبِّ Rabbi Lord ر ب ب
2 مُوسَىٰ moosa (of) Musa
3 وَهَارُونَ waharoona and Harun

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 123

قَالَ فِرْعَوْنُ ءَامَنتُم بِهِۦ قَبْلَ أَنْ ءَاذَنَ لَكُمْ ۖ إِنَّ هَٰذَا لَمَكْرٌۭ مَّكَرْتُمُوهُ فِى ٱلْمَدِينَةِ لِتُخْرِجُوا۟ مِنْهَآ أَهْلَهَا ۖ فَسَوْفَ تَعْلَمُونَ.(123)

Said Pharaoh, "You believed in him1 before I gave you permission. Indeed, this is a conspiracy which you conspired in the city to expel therefrom its people. But you are going to know. [Al-Araaf: 123]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 123

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Said Pharaoh, "You believed in him1 before I gave you permission. Indeed, this is a conspiracy which you conspired in the city to expel therefrom its people. But you are going to know.

Transliteration

Ayah 123

Qala firAAawnu amantum bihi qabla an athana lakum inna hatha lamakrun makartumoohu fee almadeenati litukhrijoo minha ahlaha fasawfa taAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 123

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala Said ق و ل
2 فِرْعَوْنُ firAAawnu Firaun
3 اٰمَنتُم amantum You believed أ م ن
4 بِهِۦ bihi in him
5 قَبْلَ qabla before ق ب ل
6 أَن an [that]
7 اٰذَنَ athana I give permission أ ذ ن
8 لَكُمْ lakum to you
9 إِنَّ inna Indeed
10 هَٰذَا hatha this
11 لَمَكْرٌ lamakrun (is) surely a plot م ك ر
12 مَّكَرْتُمُوهُ makartumoohu you have plotted it م ك ر
13 فِى fee in
14 الْمَدِينَةِ almadeenati the city م د ن
15 لِتُخْرِجُواْ litukhrijoo so that you may drive out خ ر ج
16 مِنْهَآ minha from it
17 أَهْلَهَا ahlaha its people أ ه ل
18 فَسَوْفَ fasawfa But soon
19 تَعْلَمُونَ taAAlamoona you will know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 124

لَأُقَطِّعَنَّ أَيْدِيَكُمْ وَأَرْجُلَكُم مِّنْ خِلَٰفٍۢ ثُمَّ لَأُصَلِّبَنَّكُمْ أَجْمَعِينَ.(124)

I will surely cut off your hands and your feet on opposite sides; then I will surely crucify you all." [Al-Araaf: 124]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 124

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

I will surely cut off your hands and your feet on opposite sides; then I will surely crucify you all."

Transliteration

Ayah 124

LaoqatiAAanna aydiyakum waarjulakum min khilafin thumma laosallibannakum ajmaAAeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 124

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 لَأُقَطِّعَنَّ LaoqatiAAanna I will surely cut off ق ط ع
2 أَيْدِيَكُمْ aydiyakum your hands ي د ي
3 وَأَرْجُلَكُم waarjulakum and your feet ر ج ل
4 مِّنْ min of
5 خِلَافٍ khilafin opposite (sides) خ ل ف
6 ثُمَّ thumma Then
7 لَأُصَلِّبَنَّكُمْ laosallibannakum I will surely crucify you ص ل ب
8 أَجْمَعِينَ ajmaAAeena all ج م ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 125

قَالُوٓا۟ إِنَّآ إِلَىٰ رَبِّنَا مُنقَلِبُونَ.(125)

They said, "Indeed, to our Lord we will return. [Al-Araaf: 125]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 125

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They said, "Indeed, to our Lord we will return.

Transliteration

Ayah 125

Qaloo inna ila rabbina munqaliboona

Word-by-word

Ayah 125

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالُوٓاْ Qaloo They said ق و ل
2 إِنَّآ inna Indeed we
3 إِلَىٰ ila to
4 رَبِّنَا rabbina our Lord ر ب ب
5 مُنقَلِبُونَ munqaliboona (will) return ق ل ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 126

وَمَا تَنقِمُ مِنَّآ إِلَّآ أَنْ ءَامَنَّا بِـَٔايَٰتِ رَبِّنَا لَمَّا جَآءَتْنَا ۚ رَبَّنَآ أَفْرِغْ عَلَيْنَا صَبْرًۭا وَتَوَفَّنَا مُسْلِمِينَ.(126)

And you do not resent us except because we believed in the signs of our Lord when they came to us. Our Lord, pour upon us patience1 and let us die as Muslims [in submission to You]." [Al-Araaf: 126]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 126

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And you do not resent us except because we believed in the signs of our Lord when they came to us. Our Lord, pour upon us patience1 and let us die as Muslims [in submission to You]."

Transliteration

Ayah 126

Wama tanqimu minna illa an amanna biayati rabbina lamma jaatna rabbana afrigh AAalayna sabran watawaffana muslimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 126

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمَا Wama And not
2 تَنقِمُ tanqimu you take revenge ن ق م
3 مِنَّآ minna from us
4 إِلَّآ illa except
5 أَنْ an that
6 اٰمَنَّا amanna we believed أ م ن
7 بِاٰيَاتِ biayati in (the) Signs أ ي ي
8 رَبِّنَا rabbina (of) our Lord ر ب ب
9 لَمَّا lamma when
10 جَآءَتْنَا jaatna they came to us ج ي أ
11 رَبَّنَآ rabbana Our Lord! ر ب ب
12 أَفْرِغْ afrigh Pour ف ر غ
13 عَلَيْنَا AAalayna upon us
14 صَبْرًا sabran patience ص ب ر
15 وَتَوَفَّنَا watawaffana and cause us to die و ف ي
16 مُسْلِمِينَ muslimeena (as) Muslims س ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 127

وَقَالَ ٱلْمَلَأُ مِن قَوْمِ فِرْعَوْنَ أَتَذَرُ مُوسَىٰ وَقَوْمَهُۥ لِيُفْسِدُوا۟ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَيَذَرَكَ وَءَالِهَتَكَ ۚ قَالَ سَنُقَتِّلُ أَبْنَآءَهُمْ وَنَسْتَحْىِۦ نِسَآءَهُمْ وَإِنَّا فَوْقَهُمْ قَٰهِرُونَ.(127)

And the eminent among the people of Pharaoh said, "Will you leave Moses and his people to cause corruption in the land and abandon you and your gods?" [Pharaoh] said, "We will kill their sons and keep their women alive; and indeed, we are subjugators over them." [Al-Araaf: 127]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 127

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And the eminent among the people of Pharaoh said, "Will you leave Moses and his people to cause corruption in the land and abandon you and your gods?" [Pharaoh] said, "We will kill their sons and keep their women alive; and indeed, we are subjugators over them."

Transliteration

Ayah 127

Waqala almalao min qawmi firAAawna atatharu moosa waqawmahu liyufsidoo fee alardi wayatharaka waalihataka qala sanuqattilu abnaahum wanastahyee nisaahum wainna fawqahum qahiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 127

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَالَ Waqala And said ق و ل
2 الْمَلَأُ almalao the chiefs م ل أ
3 مِن min of
4 قَوْمِ qawmi (the) people ق و م
5 فِرْعَونَ firAAawna (of) Firaun
6 أَتَذَرُ atatharu Will you leave? و ذ ر
7 مُوسَىٰ moosa Musa
8 وَقَوْمَهُۥ waqawmahu and his people ق و م
9 لِيُفْسِدُواْ liyufsidoo so that they cause corruption ف س د
10 فِى fee in
11 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
12 وَيَذَرَكَ wayatharaka and forsake you و ذ ر
13 وَآلِهَتَكَ waalihataka and your gods أ ل ه
14 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
15 سَنُقَتِّلُ sanuqattilu We will kill ق ت ل
16 أَبْنَآءَهُمْ abnaahum their sons ب ن ي
17 وَنَسْتَحْيِـى wanastahyee and we will let live ح ي ي
18 نِسَآءَهُمْ nisaahum their women ن س و
19 وَإِنَّا wainna and indeed we
20 فَوْقَهُمْ fawqahum over them ف و ق
21 قَاهِرُونَ qahiroona (are) subjugators ق ه ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 128

قَالَ مُوسَىٰ لِقَوْمِهِ ٱسْتَعِينُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَٱصْبِرُوٓا۟ ۖ إِنَّ ٱلْأَرْضَ لِلَّهِ يُورِثُهَا مَن يَشَآءُ مِنْ عِبَادِهِۦ ۖ وَٱلْعَٰقِبَةُ لِلْمُتَّقِينَ.(128)

Said Moses to his people, "Seek help through Allāh and be patient. Indeed, the earth belongs to Allāh. He causes to inherit it whom He wills of His servants. And the [best] outcome is for the righteous." [Al-Araaf: 128]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 128

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Said Moses to his people, "Seek help through Allāh and be patient. Indeed, the earth belongs to Allāh. He causes to inherit it whom He wills of His servants. And the [best] outcome is for the righteous."

Transliteration

Ayah 128

Qala moosa liqawmihi istaAAeenoo biAllahi waisbiroo inna alarda lillahi yoorithuha man yashao min AAibadihi waalAAaqibatu lilmuttaqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 128

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala Said ق و ل
2 مُوسَىٰ moosa Musa
3 لِقَوْمِهِ liqawmihi to his people ق و م
4 اسْتَعِينُواْ istaAAeenoo Seek help ع و ن
5 بِاللهِ biAllahi from Allah أ ل ه
6 وَاصْبِرُواْ waisbiroo and be patient ص ب ر
7 إِنَّ inna Indeed
8 الْأَرْضَ alarda the earth أ ر ض
9 لِلّٰهِ lillahi (belongs) to Allah أ ل ه
10 يُورِثُهَا yoorithuha He causes to inherit it و ر ث
11 مَن man whom
12 يَشَآءُ yashao He wills ش ي أ
13 مِنْ min of
14 عِبَادِهِۦ AAibadihi His servants ع ب د
15 وَالْعَاقِبَةُ waalAAaqibatu And the end ع ق ب
16 لِلْمُتَّقِينَ lilmuttaqeena (is) for the righteous و ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 129

قَالُوٓا۟ أُوذِينَا مِن قَبْلِ أَن تَأْتِيَنَا وَمِنۢ بَعْدِ مَا جِئْتَنَا ۚ قَالَ عَسَىٰ رَبُّكُمْ أَن يُهْلِكَ عَدُوَّكُمْ وَيَسْتَخْلِفَكُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ فَيَنظُرَ كَيْفَ تَعْمَلُونَ.(129)

They said, "We have been harmed before you came to us and after you have come to us." He said, "Perhaps your Lord will destroy your enemy and grant you succession in the land and see how you will do." [Al-Araaf: 129]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 129

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They said, "We have been harmed before you came to us and after you have come to us." He said, "Perhaps your Lord will destroy your enemy and grant you succession in the land and see how you will do."

Transliteration

Ayah 129

Qaloo ootheena min qabli an tatiyana wamin baAAdi ma jitana qala AAasa rabbukum an yuhlika AAaduwwakum wayastakhlifakum fee alardi fayanthura kayfa taAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 129

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالُوٓاْ Qaloo They said ق و ل
2 أُوذِينَا ootheena We have been harmed أ ذ ي
3 مِن min from
4 قَبْلِ qabli before ق ب ل
5 أَن an [that]
6 تَأْتِينَا tatiyana you came to us أ ت ي
7 وَمِن wamin from
8 بَعْدِ baAAdi and after ب ع د
9 مَا ma [what]
10 جِئْتَنَا jitana you have come to us ج ي أ
11 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
12 عَسَىٰ AAasa Perhaps ع س ي
13 رَبُّكُمْ rabbukum your Lord ر ب ب
14 أَن an [that]
15 يُهْلِكَ yuhlika will destroy ه ل ك
16 عَدُوَّكُمْ AAaduwwakum your enemy ع د و
17 وَيَسْتَخْلِفَكُمْ wayastakhlifakum and make you successors خ ل ف
18 فِى fee in
19 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
20 فَيَنظُرَ fayanthura then see ن ظ ر
21 كَيْفَ kayfa how? ك ي ف
22 تَعْمَلُونَ taAAmaloona you will do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 130

وَلَقَدْ أَخَذْنَآ ءَالَ فِرْعَوْنَ بِٱلسِّنِينَ وَنَقْصٍۢ مِّنَ ٱلثَّمَرَٰتِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَذَّكَّرُونَ.(130)

And We certainly seized1 the people of Pharaoh with years of famine and a deficiency in fruits that perhaps they would be reminded. [Al-Araaf: 130]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 130

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We certainly seized1 the people of Pharaoh with years of famine and a deficiency in fruits that perhaps they would be reminded.

Transliteration

Ayah 130

Walaqad akhathna ala firAAawna bialssineena wanaqsin mina alththamarati laAAallahum yaththakkaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 130

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَقَدْ Walaqad And certainly
2 أَخَذْنَآ akhathna We seized أ خ ذ
3 اٰلَ ala (the) people أ و ل
4 فِرْعَونَ firAAawna (of) Firaun
5 بِالسِّنِينَ bialssineena with years (of famine) س ن و
6 وَنَقْصٍ wanaqsin and a deficit ن ق ص
7 مِّنْ mina of
8 الثَّمَرَاتِ alththamarati [the] fruits ث م ر
9 لَعَلَّهُمْ laAAallahum so that they may
10 يَذَّكَّرُونَ yaththakkaroona receive admonition ذ ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 131

فَإِذَا جَآءَتْهُمُ ٱلْحَسَنَةُ قَالُوا۟ لَنَا هَٰذِهِۦ ۖ وَإِن تُصِبْهُمْ سَيِّئَةٌۭ يَطَّيَّرُوا۟ بِمُوسَىٰ وَمَن مَّعَهُۥٓ ۗ أَلَآ إِنَّمَا طَٰٓئِرُهُمْ عِندَ ٱللَّهِ وَلَٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَهُمْ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ.(131)

But when good [i.e., provision] came to them, they said, "This is ours [by right]." And if a bad [condition] struck them, they saw an evil omen in Moses and those with him. Unquestionably, their fortune is with Allāh, but most of them do not know. [Al-Araaf: 131]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 131

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But when good [i.e., provision] came to them, they said, "This is ours [by right]." And if a bad [condition] struck them, they saw an evil omen in Moses and those with him. Unquestionably, their fortune is with Allāh, but most of them do not know.

Transliteration

Ayah 131

Faitha jaathumu alhasanatu qaloo lana hathihi wain tusibhum sayyiatun yattayyaroo bimoosa waman maAAahu ala innama tairuhum AAinda Allahi walakinna aktharahum la yaAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 131

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَإِذَا Faitha But when
2 جَآءَتْهُمُ jaathumu came to them ج ي أ
3 الْحَسَنَةُ alhasanatu the good ح س ن
4 قَالُواْ qaloo they said ق و ل
5 لَنَا lana For us
6 هَٰذِهِۦ hathihi (is) this
7 وَإِن wain And if
8 تُصِبْهُمْ tusibhum afflicts them ص و ب
9 سَيِّئَةٌ sayyiatun bad س و أ
10 يَطَّيَّرُواْ yattayyaroo they ascribe evil omens ط ي ر
11 بِمُوسَىٰ bimoosa to Musa
12 وَمَن waman and who
13 مَّعَهُۥٓ maAAahu (were) with him
14 أَلَآ ala Behold!
15 إِنَّمَا innama Only
16 طَائِرُهُمْ tairuhum their evil omens ط ي ر
17 عِندَ AAinda (are) with ع ن د
18 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
19 وَلَٰكِنَّ walakinna but
20 أَكْثَرَهُمْ aktharahum most of them ك ث ر
21 لَا la (do) not
22 يَعْلَمُونَ yaAAlamoona know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 132

وَقَالُوا۟ مَهْمَا تَأْتِنَا بِهِۦ مِنْ ءَايَةٍۢ لِّتَسْحَرَنَا بِهَا فَمَا نَحْنُ لَكَ بِمُؤْمِنِينَ.(132)

And they said, "No matter what sign you bring us with which to bewitch us, we will not be believers in you." [Al-Araaf: 132]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 132

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And they said, "No matter what sign you bring us with which to bewitch us, we will not be believers in you."

Transliteration

Ayah 132

Waqaloo mahma tatina bihi min ayatin litasharana biha fama nahnu laka bimumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 132

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَالُواْ Waqaloo And they said ق و ل
2 مَهْمَا mahma Whatever
3 تَأْتِنَا tatina you bring us أ ت ي
4 بِهِۦ bihi therewith
5 مِنْ min of
6 اٰيَةٍ ayatin (the) sign أ ي ي
7 لِّتَسْحَرَنَا litasharana so that you bewitch us س ح ر
8 بِهَا biha with it
9 فَمَا fama then not
10 نَحْنُ nahnu we
11 لَكَ laka (will be) in you
12 بِمُؤْمِنِينَ bimumineena believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 133

فَأَرْسَلْنَا عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلطُّوفَانَ وَٱلْجَرَادَ وَٱلْقُمَّلَ وَٱلضَّفَادِعَ وَٱلدَّمَ ءَايَٰتٍۢ مُّفَصَّلَٰتٍۢ فَٱسْتَكْبَرُوا۟ وَكَانُوا۟ قَوْمًۭا مُّجْرِمِينَ.(133)

So We sent upon them the flood and locusts and lice and frogs and blood as distinct signs, but they were arrogant and were a criminal people. [Al-Araaf: 133]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 133

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So We sent upon them the flood and locusts and lice and frogs and blood as distinct signs, but they were arrogant and were a criminal people.

Transliteration

Ayah 133

Faarsalna AAalayhimu alttoofana waaljarada waalqummala waalddafadiAAa waalddama ayatin mufassalatin faistakbaroo wakanoo qawman mujrimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 133

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَأَرْسَلْنَا Faarsalna So We sent ر س ل
2 عَلَيْهِمُ AAalayhimu on them
3 الطُّوفَانَ alttoofana the flood ط و ف
4 وَالْجَرَادَ waaljarada and the locusts ج ر د
5 وَالْقُمَّلَ waalqummala and the lice ق م ل
6 وَالضَّفَادِعَ waalddafadiAAa and the frogs ض ف د ع
7 وَالدَّمَ waalddama and the blood د م و
8 اٰيَاتٍ ayatin (as) signs أ ي ي
9 مُّفَصَّلَاتٍ mufassalatin manifest ف ص ل
10 فَاسْتَكْبَرُواْ faistakbaroo but they showed arrogance ك ب ر
11 وَكَانُواْ wakanoo and they were ك و ن
12 قَوْمًا qawman a people ق و م
13 مُّجْرِمِينَ mujrimeena criminal ج ر م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 134

وَلَمَّا وَقَعَ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلرِّجْزُ قَالُوا۟ يَٰمُوسَى ٱدْعُ لَنَا رَبَّكَ بِمَا عَهِدَ عِندَكَ ۖ لَئِن كَشَفْتَ عَنَّا ٱلرِّجْزَ لَنُؤْمِنَنَّ لَكَ وَلَنُرْسِلَنَّ مَعَكَ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ.(134)

And when the punishment descended upon them, they said, "O Moses, invoke for us your Lord by what He has promised you. If you [can] remove the punishment from us, we will surely believe you, and we will send with you the Children of Israel." [Al-Araaf: 134]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 134

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when the punishment descended upon them, they said, "O Moses, invoke for us your Lord by what He has promised you. If you [can] remove the punishment from us, we will surely believe you, and we will send with you the Children of Israel."

Transliteration

Ayah 134

Walamma waqaAAa AAalayhimu alrrijzu qaloo ya moosa odAAu lana rabbaka bima AAahida AAindaka lain kashafta AAanna alrrijza lanuminanna laka walanursilanna maAAaka banee israeela

Word-by-word

Ayah 134

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَمَّا Walamma And when
2 وَقَعَ waqaAAa fell و ق ع
3 عَلَيْهِمُ AAalayhimu on them
4 الرِّجْزُ alrrijzu the punishment ر ج ز
5 قَالُواْ qaloo they said ق و ل
6 يَامُوسَىٰٓ yamoosa O Musa!
7 ادْعُ odAAu Invoke د ع و
8 لَنَا lana for us
9 رَبَّكَ rabbaka your Lord ر ب ب
10 بِمَا bima by what
11 عَهِدَ AAahida He has promised ع ه د
12 عِندَكَ AAindaka to you ع ن د
13 لَئِن lain If
14 كَشَفْتَ kashafta you remove ك ش ف
15 عَنَّا AAanna from us
16 الرِّجْزَ alrrijza the punishment ر ج ز
17 لَنُؤْمِنَنَّ lanuminanna surely we will believe أ م ن
18 لَكَ laka [for] you
19 وَلَنُرْسِلَنَّ walanursilanna and surely we will send ر س ل
20 مَعَكَ maAAaka with you
21 بَنِىٓ banee (the) Children ب ن ي
22 إِسْرَآئِيلَ israeela (of) Israel

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 135

فَلَمَّا كَشَفْنَا عَنْهُمُ ٱلرِّجْزَ إِلَىٰٓ أَجَلٍ هُم بَٰلِغُوهُ إِذَا هُمْ يَنكُثُونَ.(135)

But when We removed the punishment from them until a term which they were to reach,1 then at once they broke their word. [Al-Araaf: 135]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 135

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But when We removed the punishment from them until a term which they were to reach,1 then at once they broke their word.

Transliteration

Ayah 135

Falamma kashafna AAanhumu alrrijza ila ajalin hum balighoohu itha hum yankuthoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 135

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَلَمَّا Falamma But when
2 كَشَفْنَا kashafna We removed ك ش ف
3 عَنْهُمُ AAanhumu from them
4 الرِّجْزَ alrrijza the punishment ر ج ز
5 إِلَىٰٓ ila till
6 أَجَلٍ ajalin a (fixed) term أ ج ل
7 هُم hum (which) they
8 بَالِغُوهُ balighoohu were to reach [it] ب ل غ
9 إِذَا itha then
10 هُمْ hum they
11 يَنكُثُونَ yankuthoona broke (the word) ن ك ث

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 136

فَٱنتَقَمْنَا مِنْهُمْ فَأَغْرَقْنَٰهُمْ فِى ٱلْيَمِّ بِأَنَّهُمْ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا وَكَانُوا۟ عَنْهَا غَٰفِلِينَ.(136)

So We took retribution from them, and We drowned them in the sea because they denied Our signs and were heedless of them. [Al-Araaf: 136]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 136

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So We took retribution from them, and We drowned them in the sea because they denied Our signs and were heedless of them.

Transliteration

Ayah 136

Faintaqamna minhum faaghraqnahum fee alyammi biannahum kaththaboo biayatina wakanoo AAanha ghafileena

Word-by-word

Ayah 136

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَانتَقَمْنَا Faintaqamna So We took retribution ن ق م
2 مِنْهُمْ minhum from them
3 فَأَغْرَقْنَاهُمْ faaghraqnahum and We drowned them غ ر ق
4 فِى fee in
5 الْيَمِّ alyammi the sea ي م م
6 بِأَنَّهُمْ biannahum because they
7 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo denied ك ذ ب
8 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina Our Signs أ ي ي
9 وَكَانُواْ wakanoo and they were ك و ن
10 عَنْهَا AAanha to them
11 غَافِلِينَ ghafileena heedless غ ف ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 137

وَأَوْرَثْنَا ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱلَّذِينَ كَانُوا۟ يُسْتَضْعَفُونَ مَشَٰرِقَ ٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَغَٰرِبَهَا ٱلَّتِى بَٰرَكْنَا فِيهَا ۖ وَتَمَّتْ كَلِمَتُ رَبِّكَ ٱلْحُسْنَىٰ عَلَىٰ بَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ بِمَا صَبَرُوا۟ ۖ وَدَمَّرْنَا مَا كَانَ يَصْنَعُ فِرْعَوْنُ وَقَوْمُهُۥ وَمَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْرِشُونَ.(137)

And We caused the people who had been oppressed to inherit the eastern regions of the land and the western ones, which We had blessed. And the good word [i.e., decree] of your Lord was fulfilled for the Children of Israel because of what they had patiently endured. And We destroyed [all] that Pharaoh and his people were producing and what they had been building. [Al-Araaf: 137]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 137

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We caused the people who had been oppressed to inherit the eastern regions of the land and the western ones, which We had blessed. And the good word [i.e., decree] of your Lord was fulfilled for the Children of Israel because of what they had patiently endured. And We destroyed [all] that Pharaoh and his people were producing and what they had been building.

Transliteration

Ayah 137

Waawrathna alqawma allatheena kanoo yustadAAafoona mashariqa alardi wamagharibaha allatee barakna feeha watammat kalimatu rabbika alhusna AAala banee israeela bima sabaroo wadammarna ma kana yasnaAAu firAAawnu waqawmuhu wama kanoo yaAArishoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 137

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَأَوْرَثْنَا Waawrathna And We made inheritors و ر ث
2 الْقَوْمَ alqawma the people ق و م
3 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
4 كَانُواْ kanoo were ك و ن
5 يُسْتَضْعَفُونَ yustadAAafoona considered weak ض ع ف
6 مَشَارِقَ mashariqa (the) eastern (parts) ش ر ق
7 الْأَرْضِ alardi (of) the land أ ر ض
8 وَمَغَارِبَهَا wamagharibaha and the western (parts) of it غ ر ب
9 الَّتِى allatee which
10 بَارَكْنَا barakna We blessed ب ر ك
11 فِيهَا feeha [in it]
12 وَتَمَّتْ watammat And was fulfilled ت م م
13 كَلِمَتُ kalimatu (the) word ك ل م
14 رَبِّكَ rabbika (of) your Lord ر ب ب
15 الْحُسْنَىٰ alhusna the best ح س ن
16 عَلَىٰ AAala for
17 بَنِىٓ banee (the) Children ب ن ي
18 إِسْرَآئِيلَ israeela (of) Israel
19 بِمَا bima because
20 صَبَرُواْ sabaroo they were patient ص ب ر
21 وَدَمَّرْنَا wadammarna And We destroyed د م ر
22 مَا ma what
23 كَانَ kana used to ك و ن
24 يَصْنَعُ yasnaAAu make ص ن ع
25 فِرْعَوْنُ firAAawnu Firaun
26 وَقَوْمُهُۥ waqawmuhu and his people ق و م
27 وَمَا wama and what
28 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
29 يَعْرِشُونَ yaAArishoona erect ع ر ش

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 138

وَجَٰوَزْنَا بِبَنِىٓ إِسْرَٰٓءِيلَ ٱلْبَحْرَ فَأَتَوْا۟ عَلَىٰ قَوْمٍۢ يَعْكُفُونَ عَلَىٰٓ أَصْنَامٍۢ لَّهُمْ ۚ قَالُوا۟ يَٰمُوسَى ٱجْعَل لَّنَآ إِلَٰهًۭا كَمَا لَهُمْ ءَالِهَةٌۭ ۚ قَالَ إِنَّكُمْ قَوْمٌۭ تَجْهَلُونَ.(138)

And We took the Children of Israel across the sea; then they came upon a people intent in devotion to [some] idols of theirs. They [the Children of Israel] said, "O Moses, make for us a god just as they have gods." He said, "Indeed, you are a people behaving ignorantly. [Al-Araaf: 138]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 138

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We took the Children of Israel across the sea; then they came upon a people intent in devotion to [some] idols of theirs. They [the Children of Israel] said, "O Moses, make for us a god just as they have gods." He said, "Indeed, you are a people behaving ignorantly.

Transliteration

Ayah 138

Wajawazna bibanee israeela albahra faataw AAala qawmin yaAAkufoona AAala asnamin lahum qaloo ya moosa ijAAal lana ilahan kama lahum alihatun qala innakum qawmun tajhaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 138

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَجَاوَزْنَا Wajawazna And We led across ج و ز
2 بِبَنِىٓ bibanee (the) Children ب ن ي
3 إِسْرَآئِيلَ israeela (of) Israel
4 الْبَحْرَ albahra the sea ب ح ر
5 فَأَتَوْاْ faataw Then they came أ ت ي
6 عَلَىٰ AAala upon
7 قَوْمٍ qawmin a people ق و م
8 يَعْكُفُونَ yaAAkufoona devoted ع ك ف
9 عَلَىٰٓ AAala to
10 أَصْنَامٍ asnamin idols ص ن م
11 لَّهُمْ lahum of theirs
12 قَالُواْ qaloo They said ق و ل
13 يَامُوسَىٰٓ yamoosa O Musa!
14 اجْعَل ijAAal Make ج ع ل
15 لَّنَآ lana for us
16 إِلَٰهًا ilahan a god أ ل ه
17 كَمَا kama like what
18 لَهُمْ lahum they have
19 اٰلِهَةٌ alihatun gods أ ل ه
20 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
21 إِنَّكُمْ innakum Indeed you
22 قَوْمٌ qawmun (are) a people ق و م
23 تَجْهَلُونَ tajhaloona ignorant ج ه ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 139

إِنَّ هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ مُتَبَّرٌۭ مَّا هُمْ فِيهِ وَبَٰطِلٌۭ مَّا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ.(139)

Indeed, those [worshippers] - destroyed is that in which they are [engaged], and worthless is whatever they were doing." [Al-Araaf: 139]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 139

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those [worshippers] - destroyed is that in which they are [engaged], and worthless is whatever they were doing."

Transliteration

Ayah 139

Inna haolai mutabbarun ma hum feehi wabatilun ma kanoo yaAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 139

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 هَٰٓؤُلَآءِ haolai these
3 مُتَبَّرٌ mutabbarun destroyed ت ب ر
4 مَّا ma (is) what
5 هُمْ hum they
6 فِيهِ feehi (are) in it
7 وَبَاطِلٌ wabatilun and vain ب ط ل
8 مَّا ma (is) what
9 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
10 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 140

قَالَ أَغَيْرَ ٱللَّهِ أَبْغِيكُمْ إِلَٰهًۭا وَهُوَ فَضَّلَكُمْ عَلَى ٱلْعَٰلَمِينَ.(140)

He said, "Is it other than Allāh I should desire for you as a god1 while He has preferred you over the worlds?" [Al-Araaf: 140]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 140

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

He said, "Is it other than Allāh I should desire for you as a god1 while He has preferred you over the worlds?"

Transliteration

Ayah 140

Qala aghayra Allahi abgheekum ilahan wahuwa faddalakum AAala alAAalameena

Word-by-word

Ayah 140

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala He said ق و ل
2 أَغَيْرَ aghayra Should other than? غ ي ر
3 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
4 أَبْغِيكُمْ abgheekum I seek for you ب غ ي
5 إِلَٰهًا ilahan a god أ ل ه
6 وَهُوَ wahuwa while He
7 فَضَّلَكُمْ faddalakum has preferred you ف ض ل
8 عَلَى AAala over
9 الْعَالَمِينَ alAAalameena the worlds ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 141

وَإِذْ أَنجَيْنَٰكُم مِّنْ ءَالِ فِرْعَوْنَ يَسُومُونَكُمْ سُوٓءَ ٱلْعَذَابِ ۖ يُقَتِّلُونَ أَبْنَآءَكُمْ وَيَسْتَحْيُونَ نِسَآءَكُمْ ۚ وَفِى ذَٰلِكُم بَلَآءٌۭ مِّن رَّبِّكُمْ عَظِيمٌۭ.(141)

And [recall, O Children of Israel], when We saved you from the people of Pharaoh, [who were] afflicting you with the worst torment - killing your sons and keeping your women alive. And in that was a great trial from your Lord. [Al-Araaf: 141]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 141

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [recall, O Children of Israel], when We saved you from the people of Pharaoh, [who were] afflicting you with the worst torment - killing your sons and keeping your women alive. And in that was a great trial from your Lord.

Transliteration

Ayah 141

Waith anjaynakum min ali firAAawna yasoomoonakum sooa alAAathabi yuqattiloona abnaakum wayastahyoona nisaakum wafee thalikum balaon min rabbikum AAatheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 141

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذْ Waith And when
2 أَنجَيْنَاكُم anjaynakum We saved you ن ج و
3 مِّنْ min from
4 اٰلِ ali (the) people أ و ل
5 فِرْعَونَ firAAawna (of) Firaun
6 يَسُومُونَكُمْ yasoomoonakum who were afflicting you س و م
7 سُوٓءَ sooa (with) worst س و أ
8 الْعَذَابِ alAAathabi (of) torment ع ذ ب
9 يُقَتِّلُونَ yuqattiloona they were killing ق ت ل
10 أَبْنَآءَكُمْ abnaakum your sons ب ن ي
11 وَيَسْتَحْيُونَ wayastahyoona and letting live
12 نِسَآءَكُمْ nisaakum your women ن س و
13 وَفِى wafee And in
14 ذَٰلِكُم thalikum that
15 بَلَآءٌ balaon (was) a trial ب ل و
16 مِّن min from
17 رَّبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
18 عَظِيمٌ AAatheemun great ع ظ م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 142

وَوَٰعَدْنَا مُوسَىٰ ثَلَٰثِينَ لَيْلَةًۭ وَأَتْمَمْنَٰهَا بِعَشْرٍۢ فَتَمَّ مِيقَٰتُ رَبِّهِۦٓ أَرْبَعِينَ لَيْلَةًۭ ۚ وَقَالَ مُوسَىٰ لِأَخِيهِ هَٰرُونَ ٱخْلُفْنِى فِى قَوْمِى وَأَصْلِحْ وَلَا تَتَّبِعْ سَبِيلَ ٱلْمُفْسِدِينَ.(142)

And We made an appointment with Moses for thirty nights and perfected them by [the addition of] ten; so the term of his Lord was completed as forty nights. And Moses said to his brother Aaron, "Take my place among my people, do right [by them],1 and do not follow the way of the corrupters." [Al-Araaf: 142]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 142

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We made an appointment with Moses for thirty nights and perfected them by [the addition of] ten; so the term of his Lord was completed as forty nights. And Moses said to his brother Aaron, "Take my place among my people, do right [by them],1 and do not follow the way of the corrupters."

Transliteration

Ayah 142

WawaAAadna moosa thalatheena laylatan waatmamnaha biAAashrin fatamma meeqatu rabbihi arbaAAeena laylatan waqala moosa liakheehi haroona okhlufnee fee qawmee waaslih wala tattabiAA sabeela almufsideena

Word-by-word

Ayah 142

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَوَاعَدْنَا WawaAAadna And We appointed و ع د
2 مُوسَىٰ moosa (for) Musa
3 ثَلَاثِينَ thalatheena thirty ث ل ث
4 لَيْلَةً laylatan nights ل ي ل
5 وَأَتْمَمْنَاهَا waatmamnaha and We completed them ت م م
6 بِعَشْرٍ biAAashrin with ten (more) ع ش ر
7 فَتَمَّ fatamma so was completed ت م م
8 مِيقَاتُ meeqatu (the) set term و ق ت
9 رَبِّهِۦٓ rabbihi (of) his Lord ر ب ب
10 أَرْبَعِينَ arbaAAeena (of) forty ر ب ع
11 لَيْلَةً laylatan night(s) ل ي ل
12 وَقَالَ waqala And said ق و ل
13 مُوسَىٰ moosa Musa
14 لِأَخِيهِ liakheehi to his brother أ خ و
15 هَارُونَ haroona Harun
16 اخْلُفْنِى okhlufnee Take my place خ ل ف
17 فِى fee in
18 قَوْمِى qawmee my people ق و م
19 وَأَصْلِحْ waaslih and do right ص ل ح
20 وَلَا wala and (do) not
21 تَتَّبِعْ tattabiAA follow ت ب ع
22 سَبِيلَ sabeela (the) way س ب ل
23 الْمُفْسِدِينَ almufsideena (of) the corrupters ف س د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 143

وَلَمَّا جَآءَ مُوسَىٰ لِمِيقَٰتِنَا وَكَلَّمَهُۥ رَبُّهُۥ قَالَ رَبِّ أَرِنِىٓ أَنظُرْ إِلَيْكَ ۚ قَالَ لَن تَرَىٰنِى وَلَٰكِنِ ٱنظُرْ إِلَى ٱلْجَبَلِ فَإِنِ ٱسْتَقَرَّ مَكَانَهُۥ فَسَوْفَ تَرَىٰنِى ۚ فَلَمَّا تَجَلَّىٰ رَبُّهُۥ لِلْجَبَلِ جَعَلَهُۥ دَكًّا وَخَرَّ مُوسَىٰ صَعِقًۭا ۚ فَلَمَّآ أَفَاقَ قَالَ سُبْحَٰنَكَ تُبْتُ إِلَيْكَ وَأَنَا۠ أَوَّلُ ٱلْمُؤْمِنِينَ.(143)

And when Moses arrived at Our appointed time and his Lord spoke to him, he said, "My Lord, show me [Yourself] that I may look at You." [Allāh] said, "You will not see Me,1 but look at the mountain; if it should remain in place, then you will see Me." But when his Lord appeared to the mountain, He rendered it level,2 and Moses fell unconscious. And when he awoke, he said, "Exalted are You! I have repented to You, and I am the first [among my people] of the believers."3 [Al-Araaf: 143]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 143

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when Moses arrived at Our appointed time and his Lord spoke to him, he said, "My Lord, show me [Yourself] that I may look at You." [Allāh] said, "You will not see Me,1 but look at the mountain; if it should remain in place, then you will see Me." But when his Lord appeared to the mountain, He rendered it level,2 and Moses fell unconscious. And when he awoke, he said, "Exalted are You! I have repented to You, and I am the first [among my people] of the believers."3

Transliteration

Ayah 143

Walamma jaa moosa limeeqatina wakallamahu rabbuhu qala rabbi arinee anthur ilayka qala lan taranee walakini onthur ila aljabali faini istaqarra makanahu fasawfa taranee falamma tajalla rabbuhu liljabali jaAAalahu dakkan wakharra moosa saAAiqan falamma afaqa qala subhanaka tubtu ilayka waana awwalu almumineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 143

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَمَّا Walamma And when
2 جَآءَ jaa came ج ي أ
3 مُوسَىٰ moosa Musa
4 لِمِيقَاتِنَا limeeqatina to Our appointed place و ق ت
5 وَكَلَّمَهُۥ wakallamahu and spoke to him ك ل م
6 رَبُّهُۥ rabbuhu his Lord ر ب ب
7 قَالَ qala he said ق و ل
8 رَبِّ rabbi O my Lord! ر ب ب
9 أَرِنِىٓ arinee Show me ر أ ي
10 أَنظُرْ anthur (that) I may look ن ظ ر
11 إِلَيْكَ ilayka at You
12 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
13 لَن lan Never
14 تَرَانِي taranee you (can) see Me ر أ ي
15 وَلَٰكِنِ walakini but
16 انظُرْ onthur look ن ظ ر
17 إِلَى ila at
18 الْجَبَلِ aljabali the mountain ج ب ل
19 فَإِنِ faini [then] if
20 اسْتَقَرَّ istaqarra it remains ق ر ر
21 مَكَانَهُۥ makanahu in its place ك و ن
22 فَسَوْفَ fasawfa then
23 تَرَانِي taranee you (will) see Me ر أ ي
24 فَلَمَّا falamma But when
25 تَجَلَّى tajalla revealed (His) Glory ج ل و
26 رَبُّهُۥ rabbuhu his Lord ر ب ب
27 لِلْجَبَلِ liljabali to the mountain ج ب ل
28 جَعَلَهُۥ jaAAalahu He made it ج ع ل
29 دَكًّا dakkan crumbled to dust د ك ك
30 وَخَرَّ wakharra and fell down خ ر ر
31 مُوسَىٰ moosa Musa
32 صَعِقًا saAAiqan unconscious ص ع ق
33 فَلَمَّآ falamma And when
34 أَفَاقَ afaqa he recovered ف و ق
35 قَالَ qala he said ق و ل
36 سُبْحَٰنَكَ subhanaka Glory be to You! س ب ح
37 تُبْتُ tubtu I turn (in repentance) ت و ب
38 إِلَيْكَ ilayka to you
39 وَأَنَاْ waana and I am
40 أَوَّلُ awwalu (the) first أ و ل
41 الْمُؤْمِنِينَ almumineena (of) the believers أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 144

قَالَ يَٰمُوسَىٰٓ إِنِّى ٱصْطَفَيْتُكَ عَلَى ٱلنَّاسِ بِرِسَٰلَٰتِى وَبِكَلَٰمِى فَخُذْ مَآ ءَاتَيْتُكَ وَكُن مِّنَ ٱلشَّٰكِرِينَ.(144)

[Allāh] said, "O Moses, I have chosen you over the people with My messages and My words [to you]. So take what I have given you and be among the grateful." [Al-Araaf: 144]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 144

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Allāh] said, "O Moses, I have chosen you over the people with My messages and My words [to you]. So take what I have given you and be among the grateful."

Transliteration

Ayah 144

Qala ya moosa innee istafaytuka AAala alnnasi birisalatee wabikalamee fakhuth ma ataytuka wakun mina alshshakireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 144

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala He said ق و ل
2 يَامُوسَىٰٓ yamoosa O Musa!
3 إِنِّى innee Indeed I
4 اصْطَفَيْتُكَ istafaytuka have chosen you ص ف و
5 عَلَى AAala over
6 النَّاسِ alnnasi the people ن و س
7 بِرِسَالَاتِى birisalatee with My Messages ر س ل
8 وَبِكَلَامِى wabikalamee and with My words ك ل م
9 فَخُذْ fakhuth So take أ خ ذ
10 مَآ ma what
11 اٰتَيْتُكَ ataytuka I have given you أ ت ي
12 وَكُن wakun and be ك و ن
13 مِّنَ mina among
14 الشَّاكِرِينَ alshshakireena the grateful ش ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 145

وَكَتَبْنَا لَهُۥ فِى ٱلْأَلْوَاحِ مِن كُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ مَّوْعِظَةًۭ وَتَفْصِيلًۭا لِّكُلِّ شَىْءٍۢ فَخُذْهَا بِقُوَّةٍۢ وَأْمُرْ قَوْمَكَ يَأْخُذُوا۟ بِأَحْسَنِهَا ۚ سَأُو۟رِيكُمْ دَارَ ٱلْفَٰسِقِينَ.(145)

And We wrote for him on the tablets [something] of all things - instruction and explanation for all things, [saying], "Take them with determination and order your people to take the best of it. I will show you the home of the defiantly disobedient."1 [Al-Araaf: 145]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 145

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We wrote for him on the tablets [something] of all things - instruction and explanation for all things, [saying], "Take them with determination and order your people to take the best of it. I will show you the home of the defiantly disobedient."1

Transliteration

Ayah 145

Wakatabna lahu fee alalwahi min kulli shayin mawAAithatan watafseelan likulli shayin fakhuthha biquwwatin wamur qawmaka yakhuthoo biahsaniha saoreekum dara alfasiqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 145

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكَتَبْنَا Wakatabna And We ordained (laws) ك ت ب
2 لَهُۥ lahu for him
3 فِى fee in
4 الْأَلْوَاحِ alalwahi the tablets ل و ح
5 مِن min of
6 كُلِّ kulli every ك ل ل
7 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
8 مَّوْعِظَةً mawAAithatan an instruction و ع ظ
9 وَتَفْصِيلًا watafseelan and explanation ف ص ل
10 لِّكُلِّ likulli for every ك ل ل
11 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
12 فَخُذْهَا fakhuthha So take them أ خ ذ
13 بِقُوَّةٍ biquwwatin with firmness ق و ي
14 وَأْمُرْ wamur and order أ م ر
15 قَوْمَكَ qawmaka your people ق و م
16 يَأْخُذُواْ yakhuthoo (to) take أ خ ذ
17 بِأَحْسَنِهَا biahsaniha (the) best of it ح س ن
18 سَأُرِيكُمْ saoreekum I will show you ر أ ي
19 دَارَ dara (the) home د و ر
20 الْفَاسِقِينَ alfasiqeena (of) the defiantly disobedient ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 146

سَأَصْرِفُ عَنْ ءَايَٰتِىَ ٱلَّذِينَ يَتَكَبَّرُونَ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ بِغَيْرِ ٱلْحَقِّ وَإِن يَرَوْا۟ كُلَّ ءَايَةٍۢ لَّا يُؤْمِنُوا۟ بِهَا وَإِن يَرَوْا۟ سَبِيلَ ٱلرُّشْدِ لَا يَتَّخِذُوهُ سَبِيلًۭا وَإِن يَرَوْا۟ سَبِيلَ ٱلْغَىِّ يَتَّخِذُوهُ سَبِيلًۭا ۚ ذَٰلِكَ بِأَنَّهُمْ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا وَكَانُوا۟ عَنْهَا غَٰفِلِينَ.(146)

I will turn away from My signs those who are arrogant upon the earth without right; and if they should see every sign, they will not believe in it. And if they see the way of consciousness,1 they will not adopt it as a way; but if they see the way of error, they will adopt it as a way. That is because they have denied Our signs and they were heedless of them. [Al-Araaf: 146]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 146

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

I will turn away from My signs those who are arrogant upon the earth without right; and if they should see every sign, they will not believe in it. And if they see the way of consciousness,1 they will not adopt it as a way; but if they see the way of error, they will adopt it as a way. That is because they have denied Our signs and they were heedless of them.

Transliteration

Ayah 146

Saasrifu AAan ayatiya allatheena yatakabbaroona fee alardi bighayri alhaqqi wain yaraw kulla ayatin la yuminoo biha wain yaraw sabeela alrrushdi la yattakhithoohu sabeelan wain yaraw sabeela alghayyi yattakhithoohu sabeelan thalika biannahum kaththaboo biayatina wakanoo AAanha ghafileena

Word-by-word

Ayah 146

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 سَأَصْرِفُ Saasrifu I will turn away ص ر ف
2 عَنْ AAan from
3 اٰيَاتِىَ ayatiya My Signs أ ي ي
4 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
5 يَتَكَبَّرُونَ yatakabbaroona are arrogant ك ب ر
6 فِى fee in
7 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
8 بِغَيْرِ bighayri without غ ي ر
9 الْحَقِّ alhaqqi [the] right ح ق ق
10 وَإِن wain and if
11 يَرَوْاْ yaraw they see ر أ ي
12 كُلَّ kulla every ك ل ل
13 اٰيَةٍ ayatin sign أ ي ي
14 لَّا la not
15 يُؤْمِنُواْ yuminoo (will) they believe أ م ن
16 بِهَا biha in it
17 وَإِن wain And if
18 يَرَوْاْ yaraw they see ر أ ي
19 سَبِيلَ sabeela (the) way س ب ل
20 الرُّشْدِ alrrushdi (of) the righteousness ر ش د
21 لَا la not
22 يَتَّخِذُوهُ yattakhithoohu (will) they take it أ خ ذ
23 سَبِيلًا sabeelan (as) a way س ب ل
24 وَإِن wain but if
25 يَرَوْاْ yaraw they see ر أ ي
26 سَبِيلَ sabeela (the) way س ب ل
27 الْغَىِّ alghayyi (of) [the] error غ و ي
28 يَتَّخِذُوهُ yattakhithoohu they will take it أ خ ذ
29 سَبِيلًا sabeelan (as) a way س ب ل
30 ذَٰلِكَ thalika That
31 بِأَنَّهُمْ biannahum (is) because they
32 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo denied ك ذ ب
33 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina Our Signs أ ي ي
34 وَكَانُواْ wakanoo and they were ك و ن
35 عَنْهَا AAanha of them
36 غَافِلِينَ ghafileena heedless غ ف ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 147

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا وَلِقَآءِ ٱلْآخِرَةِ حَبِطَتْ أَعْمَٰلُهُمْ ۚ هَلْ يُجْزَوْنَ إِلَّا مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ.(147)

Those who denied Our signs and the meeting of the Hereafter - their deeds have become worthless. Are they recompensed except for what they used to do? [Al-Araaf: 147]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 147

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those who denied Our signs and the meeting of the Hereafter - their deeds have become worthless. Are they recompensed except for what they used to do?

Transliteration

Ayah 147

Waallatheena kaththaboo biayatina waliqai alakhirati habitat aAAmaluhum hal yujzawna illa ma kanoo yaAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 147

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالَّذِينَ Waallatheena And those who
2 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo denied ك ذ ب
3 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina Our Signs أ ي ي
4 وَلِقَآءِ waliqai and (the) meeting ل ق ي
5 الاٰخِرَةِ alakhirati (of) the Hereafter أ خ ر
6 حَبِطَتْ habitat worthless ح ب ط
7 أَعْمَالُهُمْ aAAmaluhum (are) their deeds ع م ل
8 هَلْ hal Will?
9 يُجْزَوْنَ yujzawna they be recompensed ج ز ي
10 إِلَّا illa except
11 مَا ma (for) what
12 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
13 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 148

وَٱتَّخَذَ قَوْمُ مُوسَىٰ مِنۢ بَعْدِهِۦ مِنْ حُلِيِّهِمْ عِجْلًۭا جَسَدًۭا لَّهُۥ خُوَارٌ ۚ أَلَمْ يَرَوْا۟ أَنَّهُۥ لَا يُكَلِّمُهُمْ وَلَا يَهْدِيهِمْ سَبِيلًا ۘ ٱتَّخَذُوهُ وَكَانُوا۟ ظَٰلِمِينَ.(148)

And the people of Moses made, after [his departure], from their ornaments a calf - an image having a lowing sound. Did they not see that it could neither speak to them nor guide them to a way? They took it [for worship], and they were wrongdoers. [Al-Araaf: 148]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 148

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And the people of Moses made, after [his departure], from their ornaments a calf - an image having a lowing sound. Did they not see that it could neither speak to them nor guide them to a way? They took it [for worship], and they were wrongdoers.

Transliteration

Ayah 148

Waittakhatha qawmu moosa min baAAdihi min huliyyihim AAijlan jasadan lahu khuwarun alam yaraw annahu la yukallimuhum wala yahdeehim sabeelan ittakhathoohu wakanoo thalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 148

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَاتَّخَذَ Waittakhatha And took أ خ ذ
2 قَوْمُ qawmu (the) people ق و م
3 مُوسَىٰ moosa (of) Musa
4 مِن min from
5 بَعْدِهِۦ baAAdihi after him ب ع د
6 مِنْ min from
7 حُلِيِّهِمْ huliyyihim their ornaments ح ل ي
8 عِجْلًا AAijlan a calf ع ج ل
9 جَسَدًا jasadan a body ج س د
10 لَّهُۥ lahu [for] it
11 خُوَارٌ khuwarun (had) a lowing sound خ و ر
12 أَلَمْ alam Did not?
13 يَرَوْاْ yaraw they see ر أ ي
14 أَنَّهُۥ annahu that it
15 لَا la (could) not
16 يُكَلِّمُهُمْ yukallimuhum speak to them ك ل م
17 وَلَا wala and not
18 يَهْدِيهِمْ yahdeehim guide them ه د ي
19 سَبِيلًا sabeelan (to) a way س ب ل
20 اتَّخَذُوهُ ittakhathoohu They took it (for worship) أ خ ذ
21 وَكَانُواْ wakanoo and they were ك و ن
22 ظَالِمِينَ thalimeena wrongdoers ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 149

وَلَمَّا سُقِطَ فِىٓ أَيْدِيهِمْ وَرَأَوْا۟ أَنَّهُمْ قَدْ ضَلُّوا۟ قَالُوا۟ لَئِن لَّمْ يَرْحَمْنَا رَبُّنَا وَيَغْفِرْ لَنَا لَنَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلْخَٰسِرِينَ.(149)

And when regret overcame them1 and they saw that they had gone astray, they said, "If our Lord does not have mercy upon us and forgive us, we will surely be among the losers." [Al-Araaf: 149]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 149

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when regret overcame them1 and they saw that they had gone astray, they said, "If our Lord does not have mercy upon us and forgive us, we will surely be among the losers."

Transliteration

Ayah 149

Walamma suqita fee aydeehim waraaw annahum qad dalloo qaloo lain lam yarhamna rabbuna wayaghfir lana lanakoonanna mina alkhasireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 149

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَمَّا Walamma And when
2 سُقِطَ suqita (it was made to) fall س ق ط
3 فِىٓ fee into
4 أَيْدِيهِمْ aydeehim their hands ي د ي
5 وَرَأَوْا waraaw and they saw ر أ ي
6 أَنَّهُمْ annahum that they
7 قَدْ qad (had) indeed
8 ضَلُّواْ dalloo gone astray ض ل ل
9 قَالُواْ qaloo they said ق و ل
10 لَئِن lain If
11 لَّمْ lam not
12 يَرْحَمْنَا yarhamna has Mercy on us ر ح م
13 رَبُّنَا rabbuna Our Lord ر ب ب
14 وَيَغْفِرْ wayaghfir and forgive غ ف ر
15 لَنَا lana [for] us
16 لَنَكُونَنَّ lanakoonanna we will surely be ك و ن
17 مِنَ mina among
18 الْخَاسِرِينَ alkhasireena the losers خ س ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 150

وَلَمَّا رَجَعَ مُوسَىٰٓ إِلَىٰ قَوْمِهِۦ غَضْبَٰنَ أَسِفًۭا قَالَ بِئْسَمَا خَلَفْتُمُونِى مِنۢ بَعْدِىٓ ۖ أَعَجِلْتُمْ أَمْرَ رَبِّكُمْ ۖ وَأَلْقَى ٱلْأَلْوَاحَ وَأَخَذَ بِرَأْسِ أَخِيهِ يَجُرُّهُۥٓ إِلَيْهِ ۚ قَالَ ٱبْنَ أُمَّ إِنَّ ٱلْقَوْمَ ٱسْتَضْعَفُونِى وَكَادُوا۟ يَقْتُلُونَنِى فَلَا تُشْمِتْ بِىَ ٱلْأَعْدَآءَ وَلَا تَجْعَلْنِى مَعَ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلظَّٰلِمِينَ.(150)

And when Moses returned to his people, angry and grieved, he said, "How wretched is that by which you have replaced me after [my departure]. Were you impatient over the matter of your Lord?" And he threw down the tablets and seized his brother by [the hair of] his head, pulling him toward him. [Aaron] said, "O son of my mother, indeed the people overpowered me and were about to kill me, so let not the enemies rejoice over me1 and do not place me among the wrongdoing people." [Al-Araaf: 150]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 150

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when Moses returned to his people, angry and grieved, he said, "How wretched is that by which you have replaced me after [my departure]. Were you impatient over the matter of your Lord?" And he threw down the tablets and seized his brother by [the hair of] his head, pulling him toward him. [Aaron] said, "O son of my mother, indeed the people overpowered me and were about to kill me, so let not the enemies rejoice over me1 and do not place me among the wrongdoing people."

Transliteration

Ayah 150

Walamma rajaAAa moosa ila qawmihi ghadbana asifan qala bisama khalaftumoonee min baAAdee aAAajiltum amra rabbikum waalqa alalwaha waakhatha birasi akheehi yajurruhu ilayhi qala ibna omma inna alqawma istadAAafoonee wakadoo yaqtuloonanee fala tushmit biya alaAAdaa wala tajAAalnee maAAa alqawmi alththalimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 150

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَمَّا Walamma And when
2 رَجَعَ rajaAAa returned ر ج ع
3 مُوسَىٰٓ moosa Musa
4 إِلَىٰ ila to
5 قَوْمِهِۦ qawmihi his people ق و م
6 غَضْبَانَ ghadbana angry غ ض ب
7 أَسِفًا asifan and grieved أ س ف
8 قَالَ qala he said ق و ل
9 بِئْسَمَا bisama Evil is what ب أ س
10 خَلَفْتُمُونِى khalaftumoonee you have done in my place خ ل ف
11 مِن min from
12 بَعْدِىٓ baAAdee after me ب ع د
13 أَعَجِلْتُمْ aAAajiltum Were you impatient? ع ج ل
14 أَمْرَ amra (over the) matter أ م ر
15 رَبِّكُمْ rabbikum (of) your Lord ر ب ب
16 وَأَلْقَى waalqa And he cast down ل ق ي
17 الْألْوَاحَ alalwaha the tablets ل و ح
18 وَأَخَذَ waakhatha and seized أ خ ذ
19 بِرَأْسِ birasi by head ر أ س
20 أَخِيهِ akheehi his brother أ خ و
21 يَجُرُّهُۥٓ yajurruhu dragging him ج ر ر
22 إِلَيْهِ ilayhi to himself
23 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
24 ابْنَ ibna O son ب ن ي
25 أُمَّ omma (of) my mother! أ م م
26 إِنَّ inna Indeed
27 الْقَوْمَ alqawma the people ق و م
28 اسْتَضْعَفُونِى istadAAafoonee considered me weak ض ع ف
29 وَكَادُواْ wakadoo and were about to ك و د
30 يَقْتُلُونَنِى yaqtuloonanee kill me ق ت ل
31 فَلَا fala So (let) not
32 تُشْمِتْ tushmit rejoice ش م ت
33 بِيَ biya over me
34 الْأعْدَآءَ alaAAdaa the enemies ع د و
35 وَلَا wala and (do) not
36 تَجْعَلْنِي tajAAalnee place me ج ع ل
37 مَعَ maAAa with
38 الْقَوْمِ alqawmi the people ق و م
39 الظَّالِمِينَ alththalimeena (who are) wrongdoing ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 151

قَالَ رَبِّ ٱغْفِرْ لِى وَلِأَخِى وَأَدْخِلْنَا فِى رَحْمَتِكَ ۖ وَأَنتَ أَرْحَمُ ٱلرَّٰحِمِينَ.(151)

[Moses] said, "My Lord, forgive me and my brother and admit us into Your mercy, for You are the most merciful of the merciful." [Al-Araaf: 151]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 151

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

[Moses] said, "My Lord, forgive me and my brother and admit us into Your mercy, for You are the most merciful of the merciful."

Transliteration

Ayah 151

Qala rabbi ighfir lee waliakhee waadkhilna fee rahmatika waanta arhamu alrrahimeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 151

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قَالَ Qala He said ق و ل
2 رَبِّ rabbi O my Lord! ر ب ب
3 اغْفِرْ ighfir Forgive غ ف ر
4 لِى lee me
5 وَلِأَخِى waliakhee and my brother أ خ و
6 وَأَدْخِلْنَا waadkhilna and admit us د خ ل
7 فِى fee into
8 رَحْمَتِكَ rahmatika Your Mercy ر ح م
9 وَأَنتَ waanta for You
10 أَرْحَمُ arhamu (are) the Most Merciful ر ح م
11 الرَّاحِمِينَ alrrahimeena (of) the merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 152

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّخَذُوا۟ ٱلْعِجْلَ سَيَنَالُهُمْ غَضَبٌۭ مِّن رَّبِّهِمْ وَذِلَّةٌۭ فِى ٱلْحَيَوٰةِ ٱلدُّنْيَا ۚ وَكَذَٰلِكَ نَجْزِى ٱلْمُفْتَرِينَ.(152)

Indeed, those who took the calf [for worship] will obtain anger from their Lord and humiliation in the life of this world, and thus do We recompense the inventors [of falsehood]. [Al-Araaf: 152]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 152

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who took the calf [for worship] will obtain anger from their Lord and humiliation in the life of this world, and thus do We recompense the inventors [of falsehood].

Transliteration

Ayah 152

Inna allatheena ittakhathoo alAAijla sayanaluhum ghadabun min rabbihim wathillatun fee alhayati alddunya wakathalika najzee almuftareena

Word-by-word

Ayah 152

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 اتَّخَذُواْ ittakhathoo took أ خ ذ
4 الْعِجْلَ alAAijla the calf ع ج ل
5 سَيَنَالُهُمْ sayanaluhum will reach them ن ي ل
6 غَضَبٌ ghadabun wrath غ ض ب
7 مِّن min from
8 رَّبِّهِمْ rabbihim their Lord ر ب ب
9 وَذِلَّةٌ wathillatun and humiliation ذ ل ل
10 فِى fee in
11 الْحَياةِ alhayati the life ح ي ى
12 الدُّنْيَا alddunya (of) the world د ن و
13 وَكَذَٰلِكَ wakathalika And thus
14 نَجْزِى najzee We recompense ج ز ي
15 الْمُفْتَرِينَ almuftareena the ones who invent (falsehood) ف ر ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 153

وَٱلَّذِينَ عَمِلُوا۟ ٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِ ثُمَّ تَابُوا۟ مِنۢ بَعْدِهَا وَءَامَنُوٓا۟ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ مِنۢ بَعْدِهَا لَغَفُورٌۭ رَّحِيمٌۭ.(153)

But those who committed misdeeds and then repented after them and believed - indeed your Lord, thereafter, is Forgiving and Merciful. [Al-Araaf: 153]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 153

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But those who committed misdeeds and then repented after them and believed - indeed your Lord, thereafter, is Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 153

Waallatheena AAamiloo alssayyiati thumma taboo min baAAdiha waamanoo inna rabbaka min baAAdiha laghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 153

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالَّذِينَ Waallatheena And those who
2 عَمِلُواْ AAamiloo do ع م ل
3 السَّيِّئَاتِ alssayyiati the evil deeds س و أ
4 ثُمَّ thumma then
5 تَابُواْ taboo repented ت و ب
6 مِن min from
7 بَعْدِهَا baAAdiha after that ب ع د
8 وَآمَنُواْ waamanoo and believed أ م ن
9 إِنَّ inna indeed
10 رَبَّكَ rabbaka your Lord ر ب ب
11 مِن min from
12 بَعْدِهَا baAAdiha after that ب ع د
13 لَغَفُورٌ laghafoorun (is) surely Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
14 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 154

وَلَمَّا سَكَتَ عَن مُّوسَى ٱلْغَضَبُ أَخَذَ ٱلْأَلْوَاحَ ۖ وَفِى نُسْخَتِهَا هُدًۭى وَرَحْمَةٌۭ لِّلَّذِينَ هُمْ لِرَبِّهِمْ يَرْهَبُونَ.(154)

And when the anger subsided in Moses, he took up the tablets; and in their inscription was guidance and mercy for those who are fearful of their Lord. [Al-Araaf: 154]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 154

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when the anger subsided in Moses, he took up the tablets; and in their inscription was guidance and mercy for those who are fearful of their Lord.

Transliteration

Ayah 154

Walamma sakata AAan moosa alghadabu akhatha alalwaha wafee nuskhatiha hudan warahmatun lillatheena hum lirabbihim yarhaboona

Word-by-word

Ayah 154

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَمَّا Walamma And when
2 سَكَتَ sakata was calmed س ك ت
3 عَن AAan from
4 مُّوسَى moosa Musa
5 الْغَضَبُ alghadabu the anger غ ض ب
6 أَخَذَ akhatha he took (up) أ خ ذ
7 الْأَلْوَاحَ alalwaha the tablets ل و ح
8 وَفِى wafee and in
9 نُسْخَتِهَا nuskhatiha their inscription ن س خ
10 هُدًى hudan (was) guidance ه د ي
11 وَرَحْمَةٌ warahmatun and mercy ر ح م
12 لِّلَّذِينَ lillatheena for those who
13 هُمْ hum [they]
14 لِرَبِّهِمْ lirabbihim of their Lord ر ب ب
15 يَرْهَبُونَ yarhaboona (are) fearful ر ه ب

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 155

وَٱخْتَارَ مُوسَىٰ قَوْمَهُۥ سَبْعِينَ رَجُلًۭا لِّمِيقَٰتِنَا ۖ فَلَمَّآ أَخَذَتْهُمُ ٱلرَّجْفَةُ قَالَ رَبِّ لَوْ شِئْتَ أَهْلَكْتَهُم مِّن قَبْلُ وَإِيَّٰىَ ۖ أَتُهْلِكُنَا بِمَا فَعَلَ ٱلسُّفَهَآءُ مِنَّآ ۖ إِنْ هِىَ إِلَّا فِتْنَتُكَ تُضِلُّ بِهَا مَن تَشَآءُ وَتَهْدِى مَن تَشَآءُ ۖ أَنتَ وَلِيُّنَا فَٱغْفِرْ لَنَا وَٱرْحَمْنَا ۖ وَأَنتَ خَيْرُ ٱلْغَٰفِرِينَ.(155)

And Moses chose from his people seventy men for Our appointment.1 And when the earthquake seized them,2 he said, "My Lord, if You had willed, You could have destroyed them before and me [as well]. Would You destroy us for what the foolish among us have done? This is not but Your trial by which You send astray whom You will and guide whom You will. You are our Protector, so forgive us and have mercy upon us; and You are the best of forgivers. [Al-Araaf: 155]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 155

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And Moses chose from his people seventy men for Our appointment.1 And when the earthquake seized them,2 he said, "My Lord, if You had willed, You could have destroyed them before and me [as well]. Would You destroy us for what the foolish among us have done? This is not but Your trial by which You send astray whom You will and guide whom You will. You are our Protector, so forgive us and have mercy upon us; and You are the best of forgivers.

Transliteration

Ayah 155

Waikhtara moosa qawmahu sabAAeena rajulan limeeqatina falamma akhathathumu alrrajfatu qala rabbi law shita ahlaktahum min qablu waiyyaya atuhlikuna bima faAAala alssufahao minna in hiya illa fitnatuka tudillu biha man tashao watahdee man tashao anta waliyyuna faighfir lana wairhamna waanta khayru alghafireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 155

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَاخْتَارَ Waikhtara And chose خ ي ر
2 مُوسَىٰ moosa Musa
3 قَوْمَهُۥ qawmahu (from) his people ق و م
4 سَبْعِينَ sabAAeena seventy س ب ع
5 رَجُلًا rajulan men ر ج ل
6 لِّمِيقَاتِنَا limeeqatina for Our appointment و ق ت
7 فَلَمَّآ falamma Then when
8 أَخَذَتْهُمُ akhathathumu seized them أ خ ذ
9 الرَّجْفَةُ alrrajfatu the earthquake ر ج ف
10 قَالَ qala he said ق و ل
11 رَبِّ rabbi O my Lord! ر ب ب
12 لَوْ law If
13 شِئْتَ shita you (had) willed ش ي أ
14 أَهْلَكْتَهُم ahlaktahum You (could) have destroyed them ه ل ك
15 مِّن min from
16 قَبْلُ qablu before ق ب ل
17 وَإِيَّاىَ waiyyaya and me
18 أَتُهْلِكُنَا atuhlikuna Would You destroy us? ه ل ك
19 بِمَا bima for what
20 فَعَلَ faAAala did ف ع ل
21 السُّفَهَآءُ alssufahao the foolish س ف ه
22 مِنَّآ minna among us
23 إِنْ in Not
24 هِىَ hiya it (was)
25 إِلَّا illa but
26 فِتْنَتُكَ fitnatuka Your trial ف ت ن
27 تُضِلُّ tudillu You let go astray ض ل ل
28 بِهَا biha by it
29 مَن man whom
30 تَشَآءُ tashao You will ش ي أ
31 وَتَهْدِى watahdee and You guide ه د ي
32 مَن man whom
33 تَشَآءُ tashao You will ش ي أ
34 أَنتَ anta You
35 وَلِيُّنَا waliyyuna (are) our Protector و ل ي
36 فَاغْفِرْ faighfir so forgive غ ف ر
37 لَنَا lana us
38 وَارْحَمْنَا wairhamna and have mercy upon us ر ح م
39 وَأَنتَ waanta and You
40 خَيْرُ khayru (are) Best خ ي ر
41 الْغَافِرِينَ alghafireena (of) Forgivers غ ف ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 156

وَٱكْتُبْ لَنَا فِى هَٰذِهِ ٱلدُّنْيَا حَسَنَةًۭ وَفِى ٱلْآخِرَةِ إِنَّا هُدْنَآ إِلَيْكَ ۚ قَالَ عَذَابِىٓ أُصِيبُ بِهِۦ مَنْ أَشَآءُ ۖ وَرَحْمَتِى وَسِعَتْ كُلَّ شَىْءٍۢ ۚ فَسَأَكْتُبُهَا لِلَّذِينَ يَتَّقُونَ وَيُؤْتُونَ ٱلزَّكَوٰةَ وَٱلَّذِينَ هُم بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا يُؤْمِنُونَ.(156)

And decree for us in this world [that which is] good and [also] in the Hereafter; indeed, we have turned back to You." [Allāh] said, "My punishment - I afflict with it whom I will, but My mercy encompasses all things." So I will decree it [especially] for those who fear Me and give zakāh and those who believe in Our verses- [Al-Araaf: 156]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 156

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And decree for us in this world [that which is] good and [also] in the Hereafter; indeed, we have turned back to You." [Allāh] said, "My punishment - I afflict with it whom I will, but My mercy encompasses all things." So I will decree it [especially] for those who fear Me and give zakāh and those who believe in Our verses-

Transliteration

Ayah 156

Waoktub lana fee hathihi alddunya hasanatan wafee alakhirati inna hudna ilayka qala AAathabee oseebu bihi man ashao warahmatee wasiAAat kulla shayin fasaaktubuha lillatheena yattaqoona wayutoona alzzakata waallatheena hum biayatina yuminoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 156

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَاكْتُبْ Waoktub And ordain ك ت ب
2 لَنَا lana for us
3 فِى fee in
4 هَٰذِهِ hathihi this
5 الدُّنْيَا alddunya [the] world د ن و
6 حَسَنَةً hasanatan good ح س ن
7 وَفِى wafee and in
8 الاٰخِرَةِ alakhirati the Hereafter أ خ ر
9 إِنَّا inna Indeed we
10 هُدْنَـا hudna we have turned ه و د
11 إِلَيْكَ ilayka to You
12 قَالَ qala He said ق و ل
13 عَذَابِىٓ AAathabee My punishment ع ذ ب
14 أُصِيبُ oseebu I afflict ص و ب
15 بِهِۦ bihi with it
16 مَنْ man whom
17 أَشَآءُ ashao I will ش ي أ
18 وَرَحْمَتِى warahmatee but My Mercy ر ح م
19 وَسِعَتْ wasiAAat encompasses و س ع
20 كُلَّ kulla every ك ل ل
21 شَىْءٍ shayin thing ش ي أ
22 فَسَأَكْتُبُهَا fasaaktubuha So I will ordain it ك ت ب
23 لِلَّذِينَ lillatheena for those who
24 يَتَّقُونَ yattaqoona (are) righteous و ق ي
25 وَيُؤْتُونَ wayutoona and give أ ت ي
26 الزَّكَوٰةَ alzzakata zakah ز ك و
27 وَالَّذِينَ waallatheena and those who
28 هُم hum [they]
29 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina in Our Verses أ ي ي
30 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona they believe أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 157

ٱلَّذِينَ يَتَّبِعُونَ ٱلرَّسُولَ ٱلنَّبِىَّ ٱلْأُمِّىَّ ٱلَّذِى يَجِدُونَهُۥ مَكْتُوبًا عِندَهُمْ فِى ٱلتَّوْرَىٰةِ وَٱلْإِنجِيلِ يَأْمُرُهُم بِٱلْمَعْرُوفِ وَيَنْهَىٰهُمْ عَنِ ٱلْمُنكَرِ وَيُحِلُّ لَهُمُ ٱلطَّيِّبَٰتِ وَيُحَرِّمُ عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْخَبَٰٓئِثَ وَيَضَعُ عَنْهُمْ إِصْرَهُمْ وَٱلْأَغْلَٰلَ ٱلَّتِى كَانَتْ عَلَيْهِمْ ۚ فَٱلَّذِينَ ءَامَنُوا۟ بِهِۦ وَعَزَّرُوهُ وَنَصَرُوهُ وَٱتَّبَعُوا۟ ٱلنُّورَ ٱلَّذِىٓ أُنزِلَ مَعَهُۥٓ ۙ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْمُفْلِحُونَ.(157)

Those who follow the Messenger, the unlettered prophet, whom they find written [i.e., described] in what they have of the Torah and the Gospel, who enjoins upon them what is right and prohibits them from what is wrong and makes lawful for them what is good and forbids them from what is evil and relieves them of their burden1 and the shackles which were upon them.2 So they who have believed in him, honored him, supported him and followed the light which was sent down with him - it is those who will be the successful. [Al-Araaf: 157]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 157

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Those who follow the Messenger, the unlettered prophet, whom they find written [i.e., described] in what they have of the Torah and the Gospel, who enjoins upon them what is right and prohibits them from what is wrong and makes lawful for them what is good and forbids them from what is evil and relieves them of their burden1 and the shackles which were upon them.2 So they who have believed in him, honored him, supported him and followed the light which was sent down with him - it is those who will be the successful.

Transliteration

Ayah 157

Allatheena yattabiAAoona alrrasoola alnnabiyya alommiyya allathee yajidoonahu maktooban AAindahum fee alttawrati waalinjeeli yamuruhum bialmaAAroofi wayanhahum AAani almunkari wayuhillu lahumu alttayyibati wayuharrimu AAalayhimu alkhabaitha wayadaAAu AAanhum israhum waalaghlala allatee kanat AAalayhim faallatheena amanoo bihi waAAazzaroohu wanasaroohu waittabaAAoo alnnoora allathee onzila maAAahu olaika humu almuflihoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 157

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 الَّذِينَ Allatheena Those who
2 يَتَّبِعُونَ yattabiAAoona follow ت ب ع
3 الرَّسُولَ alrrasoola the Messenger ر س ل
4 النَّبِىَّ alnnabiyya the Prophet ن ب أ
5 الْأُمِّىَّ alommiyya the unlettered أ م م
6 الَّذِى allathee whom
7 يَجِدُونَهُۥ yajidoonahu they find him و ج د
8 مَكْتُوبًا maktooban written ك ت ب
9 عِندَهُمْ AAindahum with them ع ن د
10 فِى fee in
11 التَّوْرَاةِ alttawrati the Taurat
12 وَالْإِنجِيلِ waalinjeeli and the Injeel
13 يَأْمُرُهُم yamuruhum He commands them أ م ر
14 بِالْمَعْرُوفِ bialmaAAroofi to the right ع ر ف
15 وَيَنْهَاهُمْ wayanhahum and forbids them ن ه ي
16 عَنِ AAani from
17 الْمُنكَرِ almunkari the wrong ن ك ر
18 وَيُحِلُّ wayuhillu and he makes lawful ح ل ل
19 لَهُمُ lahumu for them
20 الطَّيِّبَاتِ alttayyibati the pure things ط ي ب
21 وَيُحَرِّمُ wayuharrimu and makes unlawful ح ر م
22 عَلَيْهِمُ AAalayhimu for them
23 الْخَبَآئِثَ alkhabaitha the impure things خ ب ث
24 وَيَضَعُ wayadaAAu and he relieves و ض ع
25 عَنْهُمْ AAanhum from them
26 إِصْرَهُمْ israhum their burden أ ص ر
27 وَالْأَغْلَالَ waalaghlala and the fetters غ ل ل
28 الَّتِى allatee which
29 كَانَتْ kanat were ك و ن
30 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim upon them
31 فَالَّذِينَ faallatheena So those who
32 اٰمَنُواْ amanoo believe أ م ن
33 بِهِۦ bihi in him
34 وَعَزَّرُوهُ waAAazzaroohu and honor him ع ز ر
35 وَنَصَرُوهُ wanasaroohu and help him ن ص ر
36 وَاتَّبَعُواْ waittabaAAoo and follow ت ب ع
37 النُّورَ alnnoora the light ن و ر
38 الَّذِىٓ allathee which
39 أُنزِلَ onzila has been sent down ن ز ل
40 مَعَهُۥٓ maAAahu with him
41 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika Those (are)
42 هُمُ humu [they]
43 الْمُفْلِحُونَ almuflihoona the successful ones ف ل ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 158

قُلْ يَٰٓأَيُّهَا ٱلنَّاسُ إِنِّى رَسُولُ ٱللَّهِ إِلَيْكُمْ جَمِيعًا ٱلَّذِى لَهُۥ مُلْكُ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۖ لَآ إِلَٰهَ إِلَّا هُوَ يُحْىِۦ وَيُمِيتُ ۖ فَـَٔامِنُوا۟ بِٱللَّهِ وَرَسُولِهِ ٱلنَّبِىِّ ٱلْأُمِّىِّ ٱلَّذِى يُؤْمِنُ بِٱللَّهِ وَكَلِمَٰتِهِۦ وَٱتَّبِعُوهُ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَهْتَدُونَ.(158)

Say, [O Muḥammad], "O mankind, indeed I am the Messenger of Allāh to you all, [from Him] to whom belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth. There is no deity except Him; He gives life and causes death." So believe in Allāh and His Messenger, the unlettered prophet, who believes in Allāh and His words, and follow him that you may be guided. [Al-Araaf: 158]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 158

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, [O Muḥammad], "O mankind, indeed I am the Messenger of Allāh to you all, [from Him] to whom belongs the dominion of the heavens and the earth. There is no deity except Him; He gives life and causes death." So believe in Allāh and His Messenger, the unlettered prophet, who believes in Allāh and His words, and follow him that you may be guided.

Transliteration

Ayah 158

Qul ya ayyuha alnnasu innee rasoolu Allahi ilaykum jameeAAan allathee lahu mulku alssamawati waalardi la ilaha illa huwa yuhyee wayumeetu faaminoo biAllahi warasoolihi alnnabiyyi alommiyyi allathee yuminu biAllahi wakalimatihi waittabiAAoohu laAAallakum tahtadoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 158

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُلْ Qul Say ق و ل
2 يَاأَيُّهَا yaayyuha O
3 النَّاسُ alnnasu mankind! ن و س
4 إِنِّى innee Indeed I am
5 رَسُولُ rasoolu (the) Messenger ر س ل
6 اللهِ Allahi (of) Allah أ ل ه
7 إِلَيْكُمْ ilaykum to you
8 جَمِيعًا jameeAAan all ج م ع
9 الَّذِى allathee the One
10 لَهُۥ lahu for Whom
11 مُلْكُ mulku (is the) dominion م ل ك
12 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati (of) the heavens س م و
13 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
14 لَآ la (There is) no
15 إِلَٰهَ ilaha god أ ل ه
16 إِلَّا illa except
17 هُوَ huwa Him
18 يُحْىِۦ yuhyee He gives life ح ي ي
19 وَيُمِيتُ wayumeetu and causes death م و ت
20 فَـَٔامِنُواْ faaminoo So believe أ م ن
21 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
22 وَرَسُولِهِ warasoolihi and His Messenger ر س ل
23 النَّبِىِّ alnnabiyyi the Prophet ن ب أ
24 الْأُمِّىِّ alommiyyi the unlettered أ م م
25 الَّذِى allathee the one who
26 يُؤْمِنُ yuminu believes أ م ن
27 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
28 وَكَلِمَٰتِهِۦ wakalimatihi and His Words ك ل م
29 وَاتَّبِعُوهُ waittabiAAoohu and follow him ت ب ع
30 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may
31 تَهْتَدُونَ tahtadoona (be) guided ه د ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 159

وَمِن قَوْمِ مُوسَىٰٓ أُمَّةٌۭ يَهْدُونَ بِٱلْحَقِّ وَبِهِۦ يَعْدِلُونَ.(159)

And among the people of Moses is a community1 which guides by truth and by it establishes justice. [Al-Araaf: 159]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 159

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And among the people of Moses is a community1 which guides by truth and by it establishes justice.

Transliteration

Ayah 159

Wamin qawmi moosa ommatun yahdoona bialhaqqi wabihi yaAAdiloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 159

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمِن Wamin And among
2 قَوْمِ qawmi (the) people ق و م
3 مُوسَىٰٓ moosa (of) Musa
4 أُمَّةٌ ommatun (is) a community أ م م
5 يَهْدُونَ yahdoona (which) guides ه د ي
6 بِالْحَقِّ bialhaqqi with truth ح ق ق
7 وَبِهِۦ wabihi and by it
8 يَعْدِلُونَ yaAAdiloona establishes justice ع د ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 160

وَقَطَّعْنَـٰهُمُ ٱثْنَتَىْ عَشْرَةَ أَسْبَاطًا أُمَمًا ۚ وَأَوْحَيْنَآ إِلَىٰ مُوسَىٰٓ إِذِ ٱسْتَسْقَىٰهُ قَوْمُهُۥٓ أَنِ ٱضْرِب بِّعَصَاكَ ٱلْحَجَرَ ۖ فَٱنۢبَجَسَتْ مِنْهُ ٱثْنَتَا عَشْرَةَ عَيْنًا ۖ قَدْ عَلِمَ كُلُّ أُنَاسٍ مَّشْرَبَهُمْ ۚ وَظَلَّلْنَا عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْغَمَـٰمَ وَأَنزَلْنَا عَلَيْهِمُ ٱلْمَنَّ وَٱلسَّلْوَىٰ ۖ كُلُوا۟ مِن طَيِّبَـٰتِ مَا رَزَقْنَـٰكُمْ ۚ وَمَا ظَلَمُونَا وَلَـٰكِن كَانُوٓا۟ أَنفُسَهُمْ يَظْلِمُونَ(160)

And We divided them into twelve descendant tribes1 [as distinct] nations. And We inspired to Moses when his people implored him for water, "Strike with your staff the stone," and there gushed forth from it twelve springs. Every people [i.e., tribe] knew its watering place. And We shaded them with clouds and sent down upon them manna and quails, [saying], "Eat from the good things with which We have provided you." And they wronged Us not, but they were [only] wronging themselves. [Al-Araaf: 160]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 160

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We divided them into twelve descendant tribes1 [as distinct] nations. And We inspired to Moses when his people implored him for water, "Strike with your staff the stone," and there gushed forth from it twelve springs. Every people [i.e., tribe] knew its watering place. And We shaded them with clouds and sent down upon them manna and quails, [saying], "Eat from the good things with which We have provided you." And they wronged Us not, but they were [only] wronging themselves.

Transliteration

Ayah 160

WaqattaAAnahumu ithnatay AAashrata asbatan omaman waawhayna ila moosa ithi istasqahu qawmuhu ani idrib biAAasaka alhajara fainbajasat minhu ithnata AAashrata AAaynan qad AAalima kullu onasin mashrabahum wathallalna AAalayhimu alghamama waanzalna AAalayhimu almanna waalssalwa kuloo min tayyibati ma razaqnakum wama thalamoona walakin kanoo anfusahum yathlimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 160

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَطَّعْنَاهُمُ WaqattaAAnahumu And We divided them ق ط ع
2 اثْنَتَىْ ithnatay (into) two ث ن ي
3 عَشْرَةَ AAashrata (and) ten [ie twelve] ع ش ر
4 أَسْبَاطًا asbatan tribes س ب ط
5 أُمَمًا omaman (as) communities أ م م
6 وَأَوْحَيْنَآ waawhayna And We inspired و ح ي
7 إِلَىٰ ila to
8 مُوسَىٰٓ moosa Musa
9 إِذِ ithi when
10 اسْتَسْقَاهُ istasqahu asked him for water س ق ي
11 قَوْمُهُۥٓ qawmuhu his people ق و م
12 أَنِ ani [that]
13 اضْرِب idrib Strike ض ر ب
14 بِّعَصَاكَ biAAasaka with your staff ع ص و
15 الْحَجَرَ alhajara the stone ح ج ر
16 فَانبَجَسَتْ fainbajasat Then gushed forth ب ج س
17 مِنْهُ minhu from it
18 اثْنَتَا ithnata two ث ن ي
19 عَشْرَةَ AAashrata (and) ten [ie twelve] ع ش ر
20 عَيْنًا AAaynan springs ع ي ن
21 قَدْ qad Certainly
22 عَلِمَ AAalima knew ع ل م
23 كُلُّ kullu each ك ل ل
24 أُنَاسٍ onasin people أ ن س
25 مَّشْرَبَهُمْ mashrabahum their drinking place ش ر ب
26 وَظَلَّلْنَا wathallalna And We shaded ظ ل ل
27 عَلَيْهِمُ AAalayhimu [on] them
28 الْغَمَامَ alghamama (with) the clouds غ م م
29 وَأَنزَلْنَا waanzalna and We sent down ن ز ل
30 عَلَيْهِمُ AAalayhimu upon them
31 الْمَنَّ almanna the manna م ن ن
32 وَالسَّلْوَىٰ waalssalwa and the quails س ل و
33 كُلُواْ kuloo Eat أ ك ل
34 مِن min from
35 طَيِّبَاتِ tayyibati (the) good things ط ي ب
36 مَا ma which
37 رَزَقْنَاكُمْ razaqnakum We have provided you ر ز ق
38 وَمَا wama And not
39 ظَلَمُونَا thalamoona they wronged Us ظ ل م
40 وَلَٰكِن walakin but
41 كَانُوٓا kanoo they were ك و ن
42 أَنفُسَهُمْ anfusahum (to) themselves ن ف س
43 يَظْلِمُونَ yathlimoona doing wrong ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 161

وَإِذْ قِيلَ لَهُمُ ٱسْكُنُوا۟ هَـٰذِهِ ٱلْقَرْيَةَ وَكُلُوا۟ مِنْهَا حَيْثُ شِئْتُمْ وَقُولُوا۟ حِطَّةٌ وَٱدْخُلُوا۟ ٱلْبَابَ سُجَّدًا نَّغْفِرْ لَكُمْ خَطِيٓـَٔـٰتِكُمْ ۚ سَنَزِيدُ ٱلْمُحْسِنِينَ(161)

And [mention, O Muḥammad], when it was said to them, "Dwell in this city [i.e., Jerusalem] and eat from it wherever you will and say, 'Relieve us of our burdens [i.e., sins],' and enter the gate bowing humbly; We will [then] forgive you your sins. We will increase the doers of good [in goodness and reward]." [Al-Araaf: 161]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 161

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [mention, O Muḥammad], when it was said to them, "Dwell in this city [i.e., Jerusalem] and eat from it wherever you will and say, 'Relieve us of our burdens [i.e., sins],' and enter the gate bowing humbly; We will [then] forgive you your sins. We will increase the doers of good [in goodness and reward]."

Transliteration

Ayah 161

Waith qeela lahumu oskunoo hathihi alqaryata wakuloo minha haythu shitum waqooloo hittatun waodkhuloo albaba sujjadan naghfir lakum khateeatikum sanazeedu almuhsineena

Word-by-word

Ayah 161

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذْ Waith And when
2 قِيلَ qeela it was said ق و ل
3 لَهُمُ lahumu to them
4 اسْكُنُواْ oskunoo Live س ك ن
5 هَٰذِهِ hathihi (in) this
6 الْقَرْيَةَ alqaryata city ق ر ي
7 وَكُلُواْ wakuloo and eat أ ك ل
8 مِنْهَا minha from it
9 حَيْثُ haythu wherever ح ي ث
10 شِئْتُمْ shitum you wish ش ي أ
11 وَقُولُواْ waqooloo and say ق و ل
12 حِطَّةٌ hittatun Repentance ح ط ط
13 وَادْخُلُواْ waodkhuloo and enter د خ ل
14 الْبَابَ albaba the gate ب و ب
15 سُجَّدًا sujjadan prostrating س ج د
16 نَّغْفِرْ naghfir We will forgive غ ف ر
17 لَكُمْ lakum for you
18 خَطِيٓئَاتِكُمْ khateeatikum your sins خ ط أ
19 سَنَزِيدُ sanazeedu We will increase (reward) ز ي د
20 الْمُحْسِنِينَ almuhsineena (of) the good-doers ح س ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 162

فَبَدَّلَ ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ مِنْهُمْ قَوْلًا غَيْرَ ٱلَّذِى قِيلَ لَهُمْ فَأَرْسَلْنَا عَلَيْهِمْ رِجْزًۭا مِّنَ ٱلسَّمَآءِ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَظْلِمُونَ.(162)

But those who wronged among them changed [the words] to a statement other than that which had been said to them. So We sent upon them a punishment from the sky for the wrong that they were doing. [Al-Araaf: 162]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 162

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But those who wronged among them changed [the words] to a statement other than that which had been said to them. So We sent upon them a punishment from the sky for the wrong that they were doing.

Transliteration

Ayah 162

Fabaddala allatheena thalamoo minhum qawlan ghayra allathee qeela lahum faarsalna AAalayhim rijzan mina alssamai bima kanoo yathlimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 162

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَبَدَّلَ Fabaddala But changed ب د ل
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 ظَلَمُواْ thalamoo wronged ظ ل م
4 مِنْهُمْ minhum among them
5 قَوْلًا qawlan word ق و ل
6 غَيْرَ ghayra other than غ ي ر
7 الَّذِى allathee (that) which
8 قِيلَ qeela was said ق و ل
9 لَهُمْ lahum to them
10 فَأَرْسَلْنَا faarsalna So We sent ر س ل
11 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim upon them
12 رِجْزًا rijzan torment ر ج ز
13 مِّنَ mina from
14 السَّمَآءِ alssamai the sky س م و
15 بِمَا bima because
16 كَانُواْ kanoo they were ك و ن
17 يَظْلِمُونَ yathlimoona doing wrong ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 163

وَسْـَٔلْهُمْ عَنِ ٱلْقَرْيَةِ ٱلَّتِى كَانَتْ حَاضِرَةَ ٱلْبَحْرِ إِذْ يَعْدُونَ فِى ٱلسَّبْتِ إِذْ تَأْتِيهِمْ حِيتَانُهُمْ يَوْمَ سَبْتِهِمْ شُرَّعًۭا وَيَوْمَ لَا يَسْبِتُونَ ۙ لَا تَأْتِيهِمْ ۚ كَذَٰلِكَ نَبْلُوهُم بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْسُقُونَ.(163)

And ask them about the town that was by the sea - when they transgressed in [the matter of] the sabbath - when their fish came to them openly on their sabbath day, and the day they had no sabbath they did not come to them. Thus did We give them trial because they were defiantly disobedient. [Al-Araaf: 163]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 163

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And ask them about the town that was by the sea - when they transgressed in [the matter of] the sabbath - when their fish came to them openly on their sabbath day, and the day they had no sabbath they did not come to them. Thus did We give them trial because they were defiantly disobedient.

Transliteration

Ayah 163

Waisalhum AAani alqaryati allatee kanat hadirata albahri ith yaAAdoona fee alssabti ith tateehim heetanuhum yawma sabtihim shurraAAan wayawma la yasbitoona la tateehim kathalika nabloohum bima kanoo yafsuqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 163

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَسْـَٔلْهُمْ Waisalhum And ask them س أ ل
2 عَنِ AAani about
3 الْقَرْيَةِ alqaryati the town ق ر ي
4 الَّتِى allatee which
5 كَانَتْ kanat was ك و ن
6 حَاضِرَةَ hadirata situated ح ض ر
7 الْبَحْرِ albahri (by) the sea ب ح ر
8 إِذْ ith when
9 يَعْدُونَ yaAAdoona they transgressed ع د و
10 فِى fee in
11 السَّبْتِ alssabti the (matter of) Sabbath س ب ت
12 إِذْ ith when
13 تَأْتِيهِمْ tateehim came to them أ ت ي
14 حِيتَانُهُمْ heetanuhum their fish ح و ت
15 يَوْمَ yawma (on the) day ي و م
16 سَبْتِهِمْ sabtihim (of) their Sabbath س ب ت
17 شُرَّعاً shurraAAan visibly ش ر ع
18 وَيَوْمَ wayawma and (on the) day ي و م
19 لَا la not
20 يَسْبِتُونَ yasbitoona they had Sabbath س ب ت
21 لَا la (they did) not
22 تَأْتِيهِمْ tateehim come to them أ ت ي
23 كَذَٰلِكَ kathalika Thus
24 نَبْلُوهُم nabloohum We test them ب ل و
25 بِمَا bima because
26 كَانُوا kanoo they were ك و ن
27 يَفْسُقُونَ yafsuqoona defiantly disobeying ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 164

وَإِذْ قَالَتْ أُمَّةٌۭ مِّنْهُمْ لِمَ تَعِظُونَ قَوْمًا ۙ ٱللَّهُ مُهْلِكُهُمْ أَوْ مُعَذِّبُهُمْ عَذَابًۭا شَدِيدًۭا ۖ قَالُوا۟ مَعْذِرَةً إِلَىٰ رَبِّكُمْ وَلَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَّقُونَ.(164)

And when a community among them said, "Why do you advise [or warn] a people whom Allāh is [about] to destroy or to punish with a severe punishment?" they [the advisors] said, "To be absolved before your Lord and perhaps they may fear Him." [Al-Araaf: 164]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 164

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when a community among them said, "Why do you advise [or warn] a people whom Allāh is [about] to destroy or to punish with a severe punishment?" they [the advisors] said, "To be absolved before your Lord and perhaps they may fear Him."

Transliteration

Ayah 164

Waith qalat ommatun minhum lima taAAithoona qawman Allahu muhlikuhum aw muAAaththibuhum AAathaban shadeedan qaloo maAAthiratan ila rabbikum walaAAallahum yattaqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 164

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذْ Waith And when
2 قَالَتْ qalat said ق و ل
3 أُمَّةٌ ommatun a community أ م م
4 مِّنْهُمْ minhum among them
5 لِمَ lima Why?
6 تَعِظُونَ taAAithoona (do) you preach و ع ظ
7 قَوْمًا qawman a people ق و م
8 اللهُ Allahu (whom) Allah أ ل ه
9 مُهْلِكُهُمْ muhlikuhum (is going to) destroy them ه ل ك
10 أَوْ aw or
11 مُعَذِّبُهُمْ muAAaththibuhum punish them ع ذ ب
12 عَذَابًا AAathaban (with) a punishment ع ذ ب
13 شَدِيدًا shadeedan severe ش د د
14 قَالُواْ qaloo They said ق و ل
15 مَعْذِرَةً maAAthiratan To be absolved ع ذ ر
16 إِلَىٰ ila before
17 رَبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
18 وَلَعَلَّهُمْ walaAAallahum and that they may
19 يَتَّقُونَ yattaqoona become righteous و ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 165

فَلَمَّا نَسُوا۟ مَا ذُكِّرُوا۟ بِهِۦٓ أَنجَيْنَا ٱلَّذِينَ يَنْهَوْنَ عَنِ ٱلسُّوٓءِ وَأَخَذْنَا ٱلَّذِينَ ظَلَمُوا۟ بِعَذَابٍۭ بَـِٔيسٍۭ بِمَا كَانُوا۟ يَفْسُقُونَ.(165)

And when they [i.e., those advised] forgot that by which they had been reminded, We saved those who had forbidden evil and seized those who wronged, with a wretched punishment, because they were defiantly disobeying. [Al-Araaf: 165]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 165

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when they [i.e., those advised] forgot that by which they had been reminded, We saved those who had forbidden evil and seized those who wronged, with a wretched punishment, because they were defiantly disobeying.

Transliteration

Ayah 165

Falamma nasoo ma thukkiroo bihi anjayna allatheena yanhawna AAani alssooi waakhathna allatheena thalamoo biAAathabin baeesin bima kanoo yafsuqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 165

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَلَمَّا Falamma So when
2 نَسُواْ nasoo they forgot ن س ي
3 مَا ma what
4 ذُكِّرُواْ thukkiroo they had been reminded ذ ك ر
5 بِهِۦٓ bihi with [it]
6 أَنجَيْنَا anjayna We saved ن ج و
7 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
8 يَنْهَوْنَ yanhawna forbade ن ه ي
9 عَنِ AAani [from]
10 السُّوٓءُ alssooi the evil س و أ
11 وَأَخَذْنَا waakhathna and We seized أ خ ذ
12 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
13 ظَلَمُواْ thalamoo wronged ظ ل م
14 بِعَذَابٍ biAAathabin with a punishment ع ذ ب
15 بَئِيسٍ baeesin wretched ب أ س
16 بِمَا bima because
17 كَانُواْ kanoo they were ك و ن
18 يَفْسُقُونَ yafsuqoona defiantly disobeying ف س ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 166

فَلَمَّا عَتَوْا۟ عَن مَّا نُهُوا۟ عَنْهُ قُلْنَا لَهُمْ كُونُوا۟ قِرَدَةً خَٰسِـِٔينَ.(166)

So when they were insolent about that which they had been forbidden, We said to them, "Be apes, despised." [Al-Araaf: 166]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 166

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So when they were insolent about that which they had been forbidden, We said to them, "Be apes, despised."

Transliteration

Ayah 166

Falamma AAataw AAan ma nuhoo AAanhu qulna lahum koonoo qiradatan khasieena

Word-by-word

Ayah 166

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَلَمَّا Falamma So when
2 عَتَوْاْ AAataw they exceeded all bounds ع ت و
3 عَن AAan about
4 مَّا ma what
5 نُهُواْ nuhoo they were forbidden ن ه ي
6 عَنْهُ AAanhu from it
7 قُلْنَا qulna We said ق و ل
8 لَهُمْ lahum to them
9 كُونُواْ koonoo Be ك و ن
10 قِرَدَةً qiradatan apes ق ر د
11 خَاسِئِينَ khasieena despised خ س أ

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 167

وَإِذْ تَأَذَّنَ رَبُّكَ لَيَبْعَثَنَّ عَلَيْهِمْ إِلَىٰ يَوْمِ ٱلْقِيَٰمَةِ مَن يَسُومُهُمْ سُوٓءَ ٱلْعَذَابِ ۗ إِنَّ رَبَّكَ لَسَرِيعُ ٱلْعِقَابِ ۖ وَإِنَّهُۥ لَغَفُورٌۭ رَّحِيمٌۭ.(167)

And [mention] when your Lord declared that He would surely [continue to] send upon them until the Day of Resurrection those who would afflict them with the worst torment. Indeed, your Lord is swift in penalty; but indeed, He is Forgiving and Merciful. [Al-Araaf: 167]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 167

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [mention] when your Lord declared that He would surely [continue to] send upon them until the Day of Resurrection those who would afflict them with the worst torment. Indeed, your Lord is swift in penalty; but indeed, He is Forgiving and Merciful.

Transliteration

Ayah 167

Waith taaththana rabbuka layabAAathanna AAalayhim ila yawmi alqiyamati man yasoomuhum sooa alAAathabi inna rabbaka lasareeAAu alAAiqabi wainnahu laghafoorun raheemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 167

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذْ Waith And when
2 تَأَذَّنَ taaththana declared أ ذ ن
3 رَبُّكَ rabbuka your Lord ر ب ب
4 لَيَبْعَثَنَّ layabAAathanna that He would surely send ب ع ث
5 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim upon them
6 إِلَىٰ ila till
7 يَوْمِ yawmi (the) Day ي و م
8 الْقِيَامَةِ alqiyamati (of) the Resurrection ق و م
9 مَن man (those) who
10 يَسُومُهُمْ yasoomuhum would afflict them س و م
11 سُوٓءَ sooa (with) a grievous س و أ
12 الْعَذَابِ alAAathabi [the] punishment ع ذ ب
13 إِنَّ inna Indeed
14 رَبَّكَ rabbaka your Lord ر ب ب
15 لَسَرِيعُ lasareeAAu (is) surely swift س ر ع
16 الْعِقَابِ alAAiqabi (in) the retribution ع ق ب
17 وَإِنَّهُۥ wainnahu but indeed He
18 لَغَفُورٌ laghafoorun (is) surely Oft-Forgiving غ ف ر
19 رَّحِيمٌ raheemun Most Merciful ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 168

وَقَطَّعْنَٰهُمْ فِى ٱلْأَرْضِ أُمَمًۭا ۖ مِّنْهُمُ ٱلصَّٰلِحُونَ وَمِنْهُمْ دُونَ ذَٰلِكَ ۖ وَبَلَوْنَٰهُم بِٱلْحَسَنَٰتِ وَٱلسَّيِّـَٔاتِ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَرْجِعُونَ.(168)

And We divided them throughout the earth into nations. Of them some were righteous, and of them some were otherwise. And We tested them with good [times] and bad that perhaps they would return [to obedience]. [Al-Araaf: 168]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 168

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We divided them throughout the earth into nations. Of them some were righteous, and of them some were otherwise. And We tested them with good [times] and bad that perhaps they would return [to obedience].

Transliteration

Ayah 168

WaqattaAAnahum fee alardi omaman minhumu alssalihoona waminhum doona thalika wabalawnahum bialhasanati waalssayyiati laAAallahum yarjiAAoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 168

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَقَطَّعْنَاهُمْ WaqattaAAnahum And We divided them ق ط ع
2 فِى fee in
3 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
4 أُمَمًا omaman (as) nations أ م م
5 مِّنْهُمُ minhumu Among them
6 الصَّالِحُونَ alssalihoona (are) the righteous ص ل ح
7 وَمِنْهُمْ waminhum and among them
8 دُونَ doona (are) other than د و ن
9 ذَٰلِكَ thalika that
10 وَبَلَوْنَاهُمْ wabalawnahum And We tested them ب ل و
11 بِالْحَسَنَاتِ bialhasanati with the good ح س ن
12 وَالسَّيِّئَاتِ waalssayyiati and the bad س و أ
13 لَعَلَّهُمْ laAAallahum so that they may
14 يَرْجِعُونَ yarjiAAoona return ر ج ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 169

فَخَلَفَ مِنۢ بَعْدِهِمْ خَلْفٌۭ وَرِثُوا۟ ٱلْكِتَٰبَ يَأْخُذُونَ عَرَضَ هَٰذَا ٱلْأَدْنَىٰ وَيَقُولُونَ سَيُغْفَرُ لَنَا وَإِن يَأْتِهِمْ عَرَضٌۭ مِّثْلُهُۥ يَأْخُذُوهُ ۚ أَلَمْ يُؤْخَذْ عَلَيْهِم مِّيثَٰقُ ٱلْكِتَٰبِ أَن لَّا يَقُولُوا۟ عَلَى ٱللَّهِ إِلَّا ٱلْحَقَّ وَدَرَسُوا۟ مَا فِيهِ ۗ وَٱلدَّارُ ٱلْآخِرَةُ خَيْرٌۭ لِّلَّذِينَ يَتَّقُونَ ۗ أَفَلَا تَعْقِلُونَ.(169)

And there followed them successors who inherited the Scripture [while] taking the commodities1 of this lower life and saying, "It will be forgiven for us." And if an offer like it2 comes to them, they will [again] take it. Was not the covenant of the Scripture [i.e., the Torah] taken from them that they would not say about Allāh except the truth, and they studied what was in it? And the home of the Hereafter is better for those who fear Allāh, so will you not use reason? [Al-Araaf: 169]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 169

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And there followed them successors who inherited the Scripture [while] taking the commodities1 of this lower life and saying, "It will be forgiven for us." And if an offer like it2 comes to them, they will [again] take it. Was not the covenant of the Scripture [i.e., the Torah] taken from them that they would not say about Allāh except the truth, and they studied what was in it? And the home of the Hereafter is better for those who fear Allāh, so will you not use reason?

Transliteration

Ayah 169

Fakhalafa min baAAdihim khalfun warithoo alkitaba yakhuthoona AAarada hatha aladna wayaqooloona sayughfaru lana wain yatihim AAaradun mithluhu yakhuthoohu alam yukhath AAalayhim meethaqu alkitabi an la yaqooloo AAala Allahi illa alhaqqa wadarasoo ma feehi waalddaru alakhiratu khayrun lillatheena yattaqoona afala taAAqiloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 169

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَخَلَفَ Fakhalafa Then succeeded خ ل ف
2 مِن min from
3 بَعْدِهِمْ baAAdihim after them ب ع د
4 خَلْفٌ khalfun successors خ ل ف
5 وَرِثُواْ warithoo (who) inherited و ر ث
6 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
7 يَأْخُذُونَ yakhuthoona taking أ خ ذ
8 عَرَضَ AAarada goods ع ر ض
9 هَٰذَا hatha (of) this
10 الْأدْنَى aladna the lower (life) د ن و
11 وَيَقُولُونَ wayaqooloona and they say ق و ل
12 سَيُغْفَرُ sayughfaru It will be forgiven غ ف ر
13 لَنَا lana for us
14 وَإِن wain And if
15 يَأْتِهِمْ yatihim comes to them أ ت ي
16 عَرَضٌ AAaradun goods ع ر ض
17 مِّثْلُهُۥ mithluhu similar to it م ث ل
18 يَأْخُذُوهُ yakhuthoohu they will take it أ خ ذ
19 أَلَمْ alam Was not?
20 يُؤْخَذْ yukhath taken أ خ ذ
21 عَلَيْهِم AAalayhim on them
22 مِّيثَاقُ meethaqu Covenant و ث ق
23 الْكِتَابِ alkitabi (of) the Book ك ت ب
24 أَن an that
25 لَّا la not
26 يَقُولُواْ yaqooloo they will say ق و ل
27 عَلَى AAala about
28 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
29 إِلَّا illa except
30 الْحَقَّ alhaqqa the truth ح ق ق
31 وَدَرَسُواْ wadarasoo while they studied د ر س
32 مَا ma what
33 فِيهِ feehi (is) in it
34 وَالدَّارُ waalddaru And the home د و ر
35 الاٰخِرَةُ alakhiratu (of) the Hereafter أ خ ر
36 خَيْرٌ khayrun (is) better خ ي ر
37 لِّلَّذِينَ lillatheena for those who
38 يَتَّقُونَ yattaqoona fear Allah و ق ي
39 أَفَلَا afala So will not?
40 تَعْقِلُونَ taAAqiloona you use intellect ع ق ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 170

وَٱلَّذِينَ يُمَسِّكُونَ بِٱلْكِتَٰبِ وَأَقَامُوا۟ ٱلصَّلَوٰةَ إِنَّا لَا نُضِيعُ أَجْرَ ٱلْمُصْلِحِينَ.(170)

But those who hold fast to the Book [i.e., the Qur’ān] and establish prayer - indeed, We will not allow to be lost the reward of the reformers. [Al-Araaf: 170]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 170

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But those who hold fast to the Book [i.e., the Qur’ān] and establish prayer - indeed, We will not allow to be lost the reward of the reformers.

Transliteration

Ayah 170

Waallatheena yumassikoona bialkitabi waaqamoo alssalata inna la nudeeAAu ajra almusliheena

Word-by-word

Ayah 170

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالَّذِينَ Waallatheena And those who
2 يُمَسَّكُونَ yumassikoona hold fast م س ك
3 بِالْكِتَابِ bialkitabi to the Book ك ت ب
4 وَأَقَامُواْ waaqamoo and establish ق و م
5 الصَّلَوٰةَ alssalata the prayer ص ل و
6 إِنَّا inna indeed We
7 لَا la (will) not
8 نُضِيعُ nudeeAAu [We] let go waste ض ي ع
9 أَجْرَ ajra (the) reward أ ج ر
10 الْمُصْلِحِينَ almusliheena (of) the reformers ص ل ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 171

وَإِذْ نَتَقْنَا ٱلْجَبَلَ فَوْقَهُمْ كَأَنَّهُۥ ظُلَّةٌۭ وَظَنُّوٓا۟ أَنَّهُۥ وَاقِعٌۢ بِهِمْ خُذُوا۟ مَآ ءَاتَيْنَٰكُم بِقُوَّةٍۢ وَٱذْكُرُوا۟ مَا فِيهِ لَعَلَّكُمْ تَتَّقُونَ.(171)

And [mention] when We raised the mountain above them as if it was a dark cloud and they were certain that it would fall upon them,1 [and Allāh said], "Take what We have given you with determination and remember what is in it that you might fear Allāh." [Al-Araaf: 171]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 171

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [mention] when We raised the mountain above them as if it was a dark cloud and they were certain that it would fall upon them,1 [and Allāh said], "Take what We have given you with determination and remember what is in it that you might fear Allāh."

Transliteration

Ayah 171

Waith nataqna aljabala fawqahum kaannahu thullatun wathannoo annahu waqiAAun bihim khuthoo ma ataynakum biquwwatin waothkuroo ma feehi laAAallakum tattaqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 171

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذْ Waith And when
2 نَتَقْنَا nataqna We raised ن ت ق
3 الْجَبَلَ aljabala the mountain ج ب ل
4 فَوْقَهُمْ fawqahum above them ف و ق
5 كَأَنَّهُۥ kaannahu as if it was
6 ظُلَّةٌ thullatun a canopy ظ ل ل
7 وَظَنُّوٓاْ wathannoo and they thought ظ ن ن
8 أَنَّهُۥ annahu that it
9 وَاقِعٌ waqiAAun (would) fall و ق ع
10 بِهِمْ bihim upon them
11 خُذُواْ khuthoo (We said) Take أ خ ذ
12 مَآ ma what
13 اٰتَيْنَاكُم ataynakum We have given you أ ت ي
14 بِقُوَّةٍ biquwwatin with strength ق و ي
15 وَاذْكُرُواْ waothkuroo and remember ذ ك ر
16 مَا ma what
17 فِيهِ feehi (is) in it
18 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may
19 تَتَّقُونَ tattaqoona fear Allah و ق ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 172

وَإِذْ أَخَذَ رَبُّكَ مِنۢ بَنِىٓ ءَادَمَ مِن ظُهُورِهِمْ ذُرِّيَّتَهُمْ وَأَشْهَدَهُمْ عَلَىٰٓ أَنفُسِهِمْ أَلَسْتُ بِرَبِّكُمْ ۖ قَالُوا۟ بَلَىٰ ۛ شَهِدْنَآ ۛ أَن تَقُولُوا۟ يَوْمَ ٱلْقِيَـٰمَةِ إِنَّا كُنَّا عَنْ هَـٰذَا غَـٰفِلِينَ(172)

And [mention] when your Lord took from the children of Adam - from their loins - their descendants and made them testify of themselves, [saying to them], "Am I not your Lord?" They said, "Yes, we have testified." [This] - lest you should say on the Day of Resurrection, "Indeed, we were of this unaware." [Al-Araaf: 172]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 172

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And [mention] when your Lord took from the children of Adam - from their loins - their descendants and made them testify of themselves, [saying to them], "Am I not your Lord?" They said, "Yes, we have testified." [This] - lest you should say on the Day of Resurrection, "Indeed, we were of this unaware."

Transliteration

Ayah 172

Waith akhatha rabbuka min banee adama min thuhoorihim thurriyyatahum waashhadahum AAala anfusihim alastu birabbikum qaloo bala shahidna an taqooloo yawma alqiyamati inna kunna AAan hatha ghafileena

Word-by-word

Ayah 172

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذْ Waith And when
2 أَخَذَ akhatha (was) taken أ خ ذ
3 رَبُّكَ rabbuka (by) your Lord ر ب ب
4 مِن min from
5 بَنِىٓ banee (the) Children ب ن ي
6 اٰدَمَ adama (of) Adam
7 مِن min from
8 ظُهُورِهِمْ thuhoorihim their loins ظ ه ر
9 ذُرِّيَّتَهُمْ thurriyyatahum their descendants ذ ر ر
10 وَأَشْهَدَهُمْ waashhadahum and made them testify ش ه د
11 عَلَىٰٓ AAala over
12 أَنفُسِهِمْ anfusihim themselves ن ف س
13 أَلَسْتُ alastu Am I not? ل ي س
14 بِرَبِّكُمْ birabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
15 قَالُواْ qaloo They said ق و ل
16 بَلَىٰ bala Yes
17 شَهِدْنَا shahidna we have testified ش ه د
18 أَن an Lest
19 تَقُولُواْ taqooloo you say ق و ل
20 يَوْمَ yawma (on the) Day ي و م
21 الْقِيَامَةِ alqiyamati (of) the Resurrection ق و م
22 إِنَّا inna Indeed
23 كُنَّا kunna we were ك و ن
24 عَنْ AAan about
25 هَٰذَا hatha this
26 غَافِلِينَ ghafileena unaware غ ف ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 173

أَوْ تَقُولُوٓا۟ إِنَّمَآ أَشْرَكَ ءَابَآؤُنَا مِن قَبْلُ وَكُنَّا ذُرِّيَّةًۭ مِّنۢ بَعْدِهِمْ ۖ أَفَتُهْلِكُنَا بِمَا فَعَلَ ٱلْمُبْطِلُونَ.(173)

Or [lest] you say, "It was only that our fathers associated [others in worship] with Allāh before, and we were but descendants after them. Then would You destroy us for what the falsifiers have done?" [Al-Araaf: 173]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 173

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Or [lest] you say, "It was only that our fathers associated [others in worship] with Allāh before, and we were but descendants after them. Then would You destroy us for what the falsifiers have done?"

Transliteration

Ayah 173

Aw taqooloo innama ashraka abaona min qablu wakunna thurriyyatan min baAAdihim afatuhlikuna bima faAAala almubtiloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 173

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَوْ Aw Or
2 تَقُولُوٓاْ taqooloo you say ق و ل
3 إِنَّمَآ innama Only
4 أَشْرَكَ ashraka partners (were) associated (with Allah) ش ر ك
5 اٰبَآؤُنَا abaona (by) our forefathers أ ب و
6 مِن min from
7 قَبْلُ qablu before (us) ق ب ل
8 وَكُنَّا wakunna and we are ك و ن
9 ذُرِّيَّةً thurriyyatan descendants ذ ر ر
10 مِّنْ min from
11 بَعْدِهِمْ baAAdihim after them ب ع د
12 أَفَتُهْلِكُنَا afatuhlikuna So will You destroy us? ه ل ك
13 بِمَا bima for what
14 فَعَلَ faAAala did ف ع ل
15 الْمُبْطِلُونَ almubtiloona the falsifiers ب ط ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 174

وَكَذَٰلِكَ نُفَصِّلُ ٱلْآيَٰتِ وَلَعَلَّهُمْ يَرْجِعُونَ.(174)

And thus do We [explain in] detail the verses, and perhaps they will return.1 [Al-Araaf: 174]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 174

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And thus do We [explain in] detail the verses, and perhaps they will return.1

Transliteration

Ayah 174

Wakathalika nufassilu alayati walaAAallahum yarjiAAoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 174

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَكَذَٰلِكَ Wakathalika And thus
2 نُفَصِّلُ nufassilu We explain ف ص ل
3 الاٰيَاتِ alayati the Verses أ ي ي
4 وَلَعَلَّهُمْ walaAAallahum so that they may
5 يَرْجِعُونَ yarjiAAoona return ر ج ع

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 175

وَٱتْلُ عَلَيْهِمْ نَبَأَ ٱلَّذِىٓ ءَاتَيْنَٰهُ ءَايَٰتِنَا فَٱنسَلَخَ مِنْهَا فَأَتْبَعَهُ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنُ فَكَانَ مِنَ ٱلْغَاوِينَ.(175)

And recite to them, [O Muḥammad], the news of him1 to whom We gave [knowledge of] Our signs, but he detached himself from them; so Satan pursued him, and he became of the deviators.2 [Al-Araaf: 175]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 175

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And recite to them, [O Muḥammad], the news of him1 to whom We gave [knowledge of] Our signs, but he detached himself from them; so Satan pursued him, and he became of the deviators.2

Transliteration

Ayah 175

Waotlu AAalayhim nabaa allathee ataynahu ayatina fainsalakha minha faatbaAAahu alshshaytanu fakana mina alghaweena

Word-by-word

Ayah 175

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَاتْلُ Waotlu And recite ت ل و
2 عَلَيْهِمْ AAalayhim to them
3 نَبَأَ nabaa (the) story ن ب أ
4 الَّذِىٓ allathee (of the) one whom
5 اٰتَيْنَاهُ ataynahu We gave [him] أ ت ي
6 اٰيَاتِنَا ayatina Our Verses أ ي ي
7 فَانسَلَخَ fainsalakha but he detached س ل خ
8 مِنْهَا minha [from] them
9 فَأَتْبَعَهُ faatbaAAahu so followed him ت ب ع
10 الشَّيْطَانُ alshshaytanu the Shaitaan ش ط ن
11 فَكَانَ fakana and he became ك و ن
12 مِنَ mina of
13 الْغَاوِينَ alghaweena those gone astray غ و ي

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 176

وَلَوْ شِئْنَا لَرَفَعْنَٰهُ بِهَا وَلَٰكِنَّهُۥٓ أَخْلَدَ إِلَى ٱلْأَرْضِ وَٱتَّبَعَ هَوَىٰهُ ۚ فَمَثَلُهُۥ كَمَثَلِ ٱلْكَلْبِ إِن تَحْمِلْ عَلَيْهِ يَلْهَثْ أَوْ تَتْرُكْهُ يَلْهَث ۚ ذَّٰلِكَ مَثَلُ ٱلْقَوْمِ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا ۚ فَٱقْصُصِ ٱلْقَصَصَ لَعَلَّهُمْ يَتَفَكَّرُونَ.(176)

And if We had willed, We could have elevated him thereby,1 but he adhered [instead] to the earth2 and followed his own desire. So his example is like that of the dog: if you chase him, he pants, or if you leave him, he [still] pants. That is the example of the people who denied Our signs.3 So relate the stories that perhaps they will give thought. [Al-Araaf: 176]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 176

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if We had willed, We could have elevated him thereby,1 but he adhered [instead] to the earth2 and followed his own desire. So his example is like that of the dog: if you chase him, he pants, or if you leave him, he [still] pants. That is the example of the people who denied Our signs.3 So relate the stories that perhaps they will give thought.

Transliteration

Ayah 176

Walaw shina larafaAAnahu biha walakinnahu akhlada ila alardi waittabaAAa hawahu famathaluhu kamathali alkalbi in tahmil AAalayhi yalhath aw tatrukhu yalhath thalika mathalu alqawmi allatheena kaththaboo biayatina faoqsusi alqasasa laAAallahum yatafakkaroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 176

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَوْ Walaw And if
2 شِئْنَا shina We willed ش ي أ
3 لَرَفَعْنَاهُ larafaAAnahu surely We (could) have raised him ر ف ع
4 بِهَا biha with these
5 وَلَٰكِنَّهُ walakinnahu [and] but he
6 أَخْلَدَ akhlada adhered خ ل د
7 إِلَى ila to
8 الْأَرْضِ alardi the earth أ ر ض
9 وَاتَّبَعَ waittabaAAa and followed ت ب ع
10 هَوَاهُ hawahu his (vain) desires ه و ي
11 فَمَثَلُهُۥ famathaluhu So his example م ث ل
12 كَمَثَلِ kamathali (is) like (the) example م ث ل
13 الْكَلْبِ alkalbi (of) the dog ك ل ب
14 إِن in if
15 تَحْمِلْ tahmil you attack ح م ل
16 عَلَيْهِ AAalayhi [on] him
17 يَلْهَثْ yalhath he lolls out his tongue ل ه ث
18 أَوْ aw or
19 تَتْرُكْهُ tatrukhu if you leave him ت ر ك
20 يَلْهَث yalhath he lolls out his tongue ل ه ث
21 ذَّٰلِكَ thalika That
22 مَثَلُ mathalu (is the) example م ث ل
23 الْقَوْمِ alqawmi (of) the people ق و م
24 الَّذِينَ allatheena who
25 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo denied ك ذ ب
26 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina [in] Our Signs أ ي ي
27 فَاقْصُصِ faoqsusi So relate ق ص ص
28 الْقَصَصَ alqasasa the story ق ص ص
29 لَعَلَّهُمْ laAAallahum so that they may
30 يَتَفَكَّرُونَ yatafakkaroona reflect ف ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 177

سَآءَ مَثَلًا ٱلْقَوْمُ ٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا وَأَنفُسَهُمْ كَانُوا۟ يَظْلِمُونَ.(177)

How evil an example [is that of] the people who denied Our signs and used to wrong themselves. [Al-Araaf: 177]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 177

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

How evil an example [is that of] the people who denied Our signs and used to wrong themselves.

Transliteration

Ayah 177

Saa mathalan alqawmu allatheena kaththaboo biayatina waanfusahum kanoo yathlimoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 177

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 سَآءَ Saa Evil س و أ
2 مَثَلًا mathalan (as) an example م ث ل
3 الْقَوْمُ alqawmu (are) the people ق و م
4 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
5 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo denied ك ذ ب
6 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina Our Signs أ ي ي
7 وَأَنفُسَهُمْ waanfusahum and themselves ن ف س
8 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
9 يَظْلِمُونَ yathlimoona wrong ظ ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 178

مَن يَهْدِ ٱللَّهُ فَهُوَ ٱلْمُهْتَدِى ۖ وَمَن يُضْلِلْ فَأُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْخَٰسِرُونَ.(178)

Whoever Allāh guides - he is the [rightly] guided; and whoever He sends astray1 - it is those who are the losers. [Al-Araaf: 178]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 178

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Whoever Allāh guides - he is the [rightly] guided; and whoever He sends astray1 - it is those who are the losers.

Transliteration

Ayah 178

Man yahdi Allahu fahuwa almuhtadee waman yudlil faolaika humu alkhasiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 178

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَن Man Whoever
2 يَهْدِ yahdi (is) guided ه د ي
3 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
4 فَهُوَ fahuwa then he
5 الْمُهْتَدِى almuhtadee (is) the guided one ه د ي
6 وَمَن waman while whoever
7 يُضْلِلْ yudlil He lets go astray ض ل ل
8 فَأُوْلَٰٓئِكَ faolaika then those
9 هُمُ humu [they]
10 الْخَاسِرُونَ alkhasiroona (are) the losers خ س ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 179

وَلَقَدْ ذَرَأْنَا لِجَهَنَّمَ كَثِيرًۭا مِّنَ ٱلْجِنِّ وَٱلْإِنسِ ۖ لَهُمْ قُلُوبٌۭ لَّا يَفْقَهُونَ بِهَا وَلَهُمْ أَعْيُنٌۭ لَّا يُبْصِرُونَ بِهَا وَلَهُمْ ءَاذَانٌۭ لَّا يَسْمَعُونَ بِهَآ ۚ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ كَٱلْأَنْعَٰمِ بَلْ هُمْ أَضَلُّ ۚ أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ هُمُ ٱلْغَٰفِلُونَ.(179)

And We have certainly created for Hell many of the jinn and mankind. They have hearts with which they do not understand, they have eyes with which they do not see, and they have ears with which they do not hear. Those are like livestock; rather, they are more astray.1 It is they who are the heedless. [Al-Araaf: 179]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 179

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And We have certainly created for Hell many of the jinn and mankind. They have hearts with which they do not understand, they have eyes with which they do not see, and they have ears with which they do not hear. Those are like livestock; rather, they are more astray.1 It is they who are the heedless.

Transliteration

Ayah 179

Walaqad tharana lijahannama katheeran mina aljinni waalinsi lahum quloobun la yafqahoona biha walahum aAAyunun la yubsiroona biha walahum athanun la yasmaAAoona biha olaika kaalanAAami bal hum adallu olaika humu alghafiloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 179

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَقَدْ Walaqad And certainly
2 ذَرَأْنَا tharana We have created ذ ر أ
3 لِجَهَنَّمَ lijahannama for Hell
4 كَثِيرًا katheeran many ك ث ر
5 مِّنَ mina of
6 الْجِنِّ aljinni the jinn ج ن ن
7 وَالْإِنسِ waalinsi and men أ ن س
8 لَهُمْ lahum For them
9 قُلُوبٌ quloobun (are) hearts ق ل ب
10 لَّا la (but) not
11 يَفْقَهُونَ yafqahoona they understand ف ق ه
12 بِهَا biha with them
13 وَلَهُمْ walahum and for them
14 أَعْيُنٌ aAAyunun (are) eyes ع ي ن
15 لَّا la (but) not
16 يُبْصِرُونَ yubsiroona they see ب ص ر
17 بِهَا biha with them
18 وَلَهُمْ walahum and for them
19 اٰذَانٌ athanun (are) ears أ ذ ن
20 لَّا la (but) not
21 يَسْمَعُونَ yasmaAAoona they hear س م ع
22 بِهَآ biha with them
23 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika Those
24 كَالْأَنْعَامِ kaalanAAami (are) like cattle ن ع م
25 بَلْ bal nay
26 هُمْ hum they
27 أَضَلُّ adallu (are) more astray ض ل ل
28 أُو۟لَٰٓئِكَ olaika Those
29 هُمُ humu they
30 الْغَافِلُونَ alghafiloona (are) the heedless غ ف ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 180

وَلِلَّهِ ٱلْأَسْمَآءُ ٱلْحُسْنَىٰ فَٱدْعُوهُ بِهَا ۖ وَذَرُوا۟ ٱلَّذِينَ يُلْحِدُونَ فِىٓ أَسْمَٰٓئِهِۦ ۚ سَيُجْزَوْنَ مَا كَانُوا۟ يَعْمَلُونَ.(180)

And to Allāh belong the best names, so invoke Him by them. And leave [the company of] those who practice deviation concerning His names.1 They will be recompensed for what they have been doing. [Al-Araaf: 180]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 180

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And to Allāh belong the best names, so invoke Him by them. And leave [the company of] those who practice deviation concerning His names.1 They will be recompensed for what they have been doing.

Transliteration

Ayah 180

Walillahi alasmao alhusna faodAAoohu biha watharoo allatheena yulhidoona fee asmaihi sayujzawna ma kanoo yaAAmaloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 180

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلِلّٰهِ Walillahi And for Allah أ ل ه
2 الْأَسْمَآءُ alasmao (are) the names س م و
3 الْحُسْنَىٰ alhusna the most beautiful ح س ن
4 فَادْعُوهُ faodAAoohu so invoke Him د ع و
5 بِهَا biha by them
6 وَذَرُواْ watharoo And leave و ذ ر
7 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
8 يُلْحِدُونَ yulhidoona deviate ل ح د
9 فِىٓ fee concerning
10 أَسْمَآئِهِۦ asmaihi His names س م و
11 سَيُجْزَوْنَ sayujzawna They will be recompensed ج ز ي
12 مَا ma for what
13 كَانُواْ kanoo they used to ك و ن
14 يَعْمَلُونَ yaAAmaloona do ع م ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 181

وَمِمَّنْ خَلَقْنَآ أُمَّةٌۭ يَهْدُونَ بِٱلْحَقِّ وَبِهِۦ يَعْدِلُونَ.(181)

And among those We created is a community1 which guides by truth and thereby establishes justice. [Al-Araaf: 181]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 181

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And among those We created is a community1 which guides by truth and thereby establishes justice.

Transliteration

Ayah 181

Wamimman khalaqna ommatun yahdoona bialhaqqi wabihi yaAAdiloona

Word-by-word

Ayah 181

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَمِمَّنْ Wamimman And of (those) whom
2 خَلَقْنَآ khalaqna We have created خ ل ق
3 أُمَّةٌ ommatun (is) a nation أ م م
4 يَهْدُونَ yahdoona who guides ه د ي
5 بِالْحَقِّ bialhaqqi with the truth ح ق ق
6 وَبِهِۦ wabihi and thereby
7 يَعْدِلُونَ yaAAdiloona they establish justice ع د ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 182

وَٱلَّذِينَ كَذَّبُوا۟ بِـَٔايَٰتِنَا سَنَسْتَدْرِجُهُم مِّنْ حَيْثُ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ.(182)

But those who deny Our signs - We will progressively lead them [to destruction]1 from where they do not know. [Al-Araaf: 182]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 182

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But those who deny Our signs - We will progressively lead them [to destruction]1 from where they do not know.

Transliteration

Ayah 182

Waallatheena kaththaboo biayatina sanastadrijuhum min haythu la yaAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 182

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالَّذِينَ Waallatheena But those who
2 كَذَّبُواْ kaththaboo denied ك ذ ب
3 بِاٰيَاتِنَا biayatina Our Signs أ ي ي
4 سَنَسْتَدْرِجُهُم sanastadrijuhum We will gradually lead them د ر ج
5 مِّنْ min from
6 حَيْثُ haythu where ح ي ث
7 لَا la not
8 يَعْلَمُونَ yaAAlamoona they know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 183

وَأُمْلِى لَهُمْ ۚ إِنَّ كَيْدِى مَتِينٌ.(183)

And I will give them time. Indeed, My plan is firm. [Al-Araaf: 183]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 183

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And I will give them time. Indeed, My plan is firm.

Transliteration

Ayah 183

Waomlee lahum inna kaydee mateenun

Word-by-word

Ayah 183

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَأُمْلِي Waomlee And I will give respite م ل و
2 لَهُمْ lahum to them
3 إِنَّ inna Indeed
4 كَيْدِى kaydee My plan ك ي د
5 مَتِينٌ mateenun (is) firm م ت ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 184

أَوَلَمْ يَتَفَكَّرُوا۟ ۗ مَا بِصَاحِبِهِم مِّن جِنَّةٍ ۚ إِنْ هُوَ إِلَّا نَذِيرٌۭ مُّبِينٌ.(184)

Then do they not give thought? There is in their companion [i.e., Muḥammad (ﷺ)] no madness. He is not but a clear warner. [Al-Araaf: 184]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 184

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Then do they not give thought? There is in their companion [i.e., Muḥammad (ﷺ)] no madness. He is not but a clear warner.

Transliteration

Ayah 184

Awalam yatafakkaroo ma bisahibihim min jinnatin in huwa illa natheerun mubeenun

Word-by-word

Ayah 184

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَوَلَمْ Awalam Do not?
2 يَتَفَكَّرُواْ yatafakkaroo they reflect ف ك ر
3 مَا ma Not
4 بِصَاحِبِهِم bisahibihim in their companion ص ح ب
5 مِّن min [of]
6 جِنَّةٍ jinnatin (is) any madness ج ن ن
7 إِنْ in Not
8 هُوَ huwa he
9 إِلَّا illa (is) but
10 نَذِيرٌ natheerun a warner ن ذ ر
11 مُّبِينٌ mubeenun clear ب ي ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 185

أَوَلَمْ يَنظُرُوا۟ فِى مَلَكُوتِ ٱلسَّمَٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ وَمَا خَلَقَ ٱللَّهُ مِن شَىْءٍۢ وَأَنْ عَسَىٰٓ أَن يَكُونَ قَدِ ٱقْتَرَبَ أَجَلُهُمْ ۖ فَبِأَىِّ حَدِيثٍۭ بَعْدَهُۥ يُؤْمِنُونَ.(185)

Do they not look into the realm of the heavens and the earth and everything that Allāh has created and [think] that perhaps their appointed time has come near? So in what statement [i.e., message] hereafter will they believe? [Al-Araaf: 185]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 185

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Do they not look into the realm of the heavens and the earth and everything that Allāh has created and [think] that perhaps their appointed time has come near? So in what statement [i.e., message] hereafter will they believe?

Transliteration

Ayah 185

Awalam yanthuroo fee malakooti alssamawati waalardi wama khalaqa Allahu min shayin waan AAasa an yakoona qadi iqtaraba ajaluhum fabiayyi hadeethin baAAdahu yuminoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 185

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَوَلَمْ Awalam Do not?
2 يَنظُرُواْ yanthuroo they look ن ظ ر
3 فِى fee in
4 مَلَكُوتِ malakooti (the) dominion م ل ك
5 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati (of) the heavens س م و
6 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
7 وَمَا wama and what
8 خَلَقَ khalaqa has (been) created خ ل ق
9 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
10 مِن min of
11 شَىْءٍ shayin (every)thing ش ي أ
12 وَأَنْ waan and that
13 عَسَىٰٓ AAasa perhaps ع س ي
14 أَن an [that]
15 يَكُونَ yakoona has ك و ن
16 قَدِ qadi verily
17 اقْتَرَبَ iqtaraba come near ق ر ب
18 أَجَلُهُمْ ajaluhum their term أ ج ل
19 فَبِأَىِّ fabiayyi So in what
20 حَدِيثٍ hadeethin statement ح د ث
21 بَعْدَهُۥ baAAdahu after this ب ع د
22 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona will they believe أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 186

مَن يُضْلِلِ ٱللَّهُ فَلَا هَادِىَ لَهُۥ ۚ وَيَذَرُهُمْ فِى طُغْيَٰنِهِمْ يَعْمَهُونَ.(186)

Whoever Allāh sends astray - there is no guide for him. And He leaves them in their transgression, wandering blindly. [Al-Araaf: 186]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 186

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Whoever Allāh sends astray - there is no guide for him. And He leaves them in their transgression, wandering blindly.

Transliteration

Ayah 186

Man yudlili Allahu fala hadiya lahu wayatharuhum fee tughyanihim yaAAmahoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 186

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 مَن Man Whoever
2 يُضْلِلِ yudlili (is) let go astray ض ل ل
3 اللهُ Allahu (by) Allah أ ل ه
4 فَلَا fala then (there is) no
5 هَادِيَ hadiya guide ه د ي
6 لَهُۥ lahu for him
7 وَيَذَرُهُمْ wayatharuhum And He leaves them و ذ ر
8 فِى fee in
9 طُغْيَانِهِمْ tughyanihim their transgression ط غ ي
10 يَعْمَهُونَ yaAAmahoona wandering blindly ع م ه

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 187

يَسْـَٔلُونَكَ عَنِ ٱلسَّاعَةِ أَيَّانَ مُرْسَىٰهَا ۖ قُلْ إِنَّمَا عِلْمُهَا عِندَ رَبِّى ۖ لَا يُجَلِّيهَا لِوَقْتِهَآ إِلَّا هُوَ ۚ ثَقُلَتْ فِى ٱلسَّمَـٰوَٰتِ وَٱلْأَرْضِ ۚ لَا تَأْتِيكُمْ إِلَّا بَغْتَةً ۗ يَسْـَٔلُونَكَ كَأَنَّكَ حَفِىٌّ عَنْهَا ۖ قُلْ إِنَّمَا عِلْمُهَا عِندَ ٱللَّـهِ وَلَـٰكِنَّ أَكْثَرَ ٱلنَّاسِ لَا يَعْلَمُونَ(187)

They ask you, [O Muḥammad], about the Hour: when is its arrival?1 Say, "Its knowledge is only with my Lord. None will reveal its time except Him. It lays heavily2 upon the heavens and the earth. It will not come upon you except unexpectedly." They ask you as if you are familiar with it. Say, "Its knowledge is only with Allāh, but most of the people do not know." [Al-Araaf: 187]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 187

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

They ask you, [O Muḥammad], about the Hour: when is its arrival?1 Say, "Its knowledge is only with my Lord. None will reveal its time except Him. It lays heavily2 upon the heavens and the earth. It will not come upon you except unexpectedly." They ask you as if you are familiar with it. Say, "Its knowledge is only with Allāh, but most of the people do not know."

Transliteration

Ayah 187

Yasaloonaka AAani alssaAAati ayyana mursaha qul innama AAilmuha AAinda rabbee la yujalleeha liwaqtiha illa huwa thaqulat fee alssamawati waalardi la tateekum illa baghtatan yasaloonaka kaannaka hafiyyun AAanha qul innama AAilmuha AAinda Allahi walakinna akthara alnnasi la yaAAlamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 187

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 يَسْـَٔلُونَكَ Yasaloonaka They ask you س أ ل
2 عَنِ AAani about
3 السَّاعَةِ alssaAAati the Hour (Qeyama) س و ع
4 أَيَّانَ ayyana when will be
5 مُرْسَاهَا mursaha its appointed time ر س و
6 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
7 إِنَّمَا innama Only
8 عِلْمُهَا AAilmuha its knowledge ع ل م
9 عِندَ AAinda (is) with ع ن د
10 رَبِّى rabbee my Lord ر ب ب
11 لَا la no (one)
12 يُجَلِّيهَا yujalleeha can reveal [it] ج ل و
13 لِوَقْتِهَآ liwaqtiha its time و ق ت
14 إِلَّا illa except
15 هُوَ huwa Him
16 ثَقُلَتْ thaqulat It lays heavily ث ق ل
17 فِى fee in
18 السَّمَاوَاتِ alssamawati the heavens س م و
19 وَالْأَرْضِ waalardi and the earth أ ر ض
20 لَا la Not
21 تَأْتِيكُمْ tateekum will it come to you أ ت ي
22 إِلَّا illa but
23 بَغْتَةً baghtatan suddenly ب غ ت
24 يَسْـَٔلُونَكَ yasaloonaka They ask you س أ ل
25 كَأَنَّكَ kaannaka as if you
26 حَفِىٌّ hafiyyun (were) well informed ح ف و
27 عَنْهَا AAanha about it
28 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
29 إِنَّمَا innama Only
30 عِلْمُهَا AAilmuha its knowledge ع ل م
31 عِندَ AAinda (is) with ع ن د
32 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
33 وَلَٰكِنَّ walakinna but
34 أَكْثَرَ akthara most ك ث ر
35 النَّاسِ alnnasi (of) the people ن و س
36 لَا la (do) not
37 يَعْلَمُونَ yaAAlamoona know ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 188

قُل لَّآ أَمْلِكُ لِنَفْسِى نَفْعًۭا وَلَا ضَرًّا إِلَّا مَا شَآءَ ٱللَّهُ ۚ وَلَوْ كُنتُ أَعْلَمُ ٱلْغَيْبَ لَٱسْتَكْثَرْتُ مِنَ ٱلْخَيْرِ وَمَا مَسَّنِىَ ٱلسُّوٓءُ ۚ إِنْ أَنَا۠ إِلَّا نَذِيرٌۭ وَبَشِيرٌۭ لِّقَوْمٍۢ يُؤْمِنُونَ.(188)

Say, "I hold not for myself [the power of] benefit or harm, except what Allāh has willed. And if I knew the unseen, I could have acquired much wealth, and no harm would have touched me. I am not except a warner and a bringer of good tidings to a people who believe." [Al-Araaf: 188]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 188

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Say, "I hold not for myself [the power of] benefit or harm, except what Allāh has willed. And if I knew the unseen, I could have acquired much wealth, and no harm would have touched me. I am not except a warner and a bringer of good tidings to a people who believe."

Transliteration

Ayah 188

Qul la amliku linafsee nafAAan wala darran illa ma shaa Allahu walaw kuntu aAAlamu alghayba laistakthartu mina alkhayri wama massaniya alssooo in ana illa natheerun wabasheerun liqawmin yuminoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 188

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 قُل Qul Say ق و ل
2 لَّآ la Not
3 أَمْلِكُ amliku I have power م ل ك
4 لِنَفْسِى linafsee for myself ن ف س
5 نَفْعًا nafAAan (to) benefit ن ف ع
6 وَلَا wala and no
7 ضَرًّا darran (power to) harm ض ر ر
8 إِلَّا illa except
9 مَا ma what
10 شَآءَ shaa wills ش ي أ
11 اللهُ Allahu Allah أ ل ه
12 وَلَوْ walaw And if
13 كُنتُ kuntu I would ك و ن
14 أَعْلَمُ aAAlamu know ع ل م
15 الْغَيْبَ alghayba (of) the unseen غ ي ب
16 لَاسْتَكْثَرْتُ laistakthartu surely I could have multiplied ك ث ر
17 مِنَ mina of
18 الْخَيْرِ alkhayri the good خ ي ر
19 وَمَا wama and not
20 مَسَّنِىَ massaniya (could) have touched me م س س
21 السُّوٓءُ alssooo the evil س و أ
22 إِنْ in Not
23 أَنَا ana (am) I
24 إِلَّا illa except
25 نَذِيرٌ natheerun a warner ن ذ ر
26 وَبَشِيرٌ wabasheerun and a bearer of good tidings ب ش ر
27 لِّقَوْمٍ liqawmin to a people ق و م
28 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona who believe أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 189

هُوَ ٱلَّذِى خَلَقَكُم مِّن نَّفْسٍۢ وَٰحِدَةٍۢ وَجَعَلَ مِنْهَا زَوْجَهَا لِيَسْكُنَ إِلَيْهَا ۖ فَلَمَّا تَغَشَّىٰهَا حَمَلَتْ حَمْلًا خَفِيفًۭا فَمَرَّتْ بِهِۦ ۖ فَلَمَّآ أَثْقَلَت دَّعَوَا ٱللَّهَ رَبَّهُمَا لَئِنْ ءَاتَيْتَنَا صَٰلِحًۭا لَّنَكُونَنَّ مِنَ ٱلشَّٰكِرِينَ.(189)

It is He who created you from one soul and created from it its mate that he1 might dwell in security with her. And when he [i.e., man] covers her,2 she carries a light burden [i.e., a pregnancy] and continues therein. And when it becomes heavy, they both invoke Allāh, their Lord, "If You should give us a good3 [child], we will surely be among the grateful." [Al-Araaf: 189]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 189

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

It is He who created you from one soul and created from it its mate that he1 might dwell in security with her. And when he [i.e., man] covers her,2 she carries a light burden [i.e., a pregnancy] and continues therein. And when it becomes heavy, they both invoke Allāh, their Lord, "If You should give us a good3 [child], we will surely be among the grateful."

Transliteration

Ayah 189

Huwa allathee khalaqakum min nafsin wahidatin wajaAAala minha zawjaha liyaskuna ilayha falamma taghashshaha hamalat hamlan khafeefan famarrat bihi falamma athqalat daAAawa Allaha rabbahuma lain ataytana salihan lanakoonanna mina alshshakireena

Word-by-word

Ayah 189

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 هُوَ Huwa He
2 الَّذِى allathee (is) the One Who
3 خَلَقَكُم khalaqakum created you خ ل ق
4 مِّن min from
5 نَّفْسٍ nafsin a soul ن ف س
6 وَاحِدَةٍ wahidatin single و ح د
7 وَجَعَلَ wajaAAala and made ج ع ل
8 مِنْهَا minha from it
9 زَوْجَهَا zawjaha its mate ز و ج
10 لِيَسْكُنَ liyaskuna that he might live س ك ن
11 إِلَيْهَا ilayha with her
12 فَلَمَّا falamma And when
13 تَغَشَّاهَا taghashshaha he covers her غ ش و
14 حَمَلَتْ hamalat she carries ح م ل
15 حَمْلًا hamlan a burden ح م ل
16 خَفِيفًا khafeefan light خ ف ف
17 فَمَرَّتْ famarrat and continues م ر ر
18 بِهِۦ bihi with it
19 فَلَمَّآ falamma But when
20 أَثْقَلَت athqalat she grows heavy ث ق ل
21 دَّعَوَا daAAawa they both invoke د ع و
22 اللهَ Allaha Allah أ ل ه
23 رَبَّهُمَا rabbahuma their Lord ر ب ب
24 لَئِنْ lain If
25 اٰتَيْتَنَا ataytana You give us أ ت ي
26 صَالِحًا salihan a righteous (child) ص ل ح
27 لَّنَكُونَنَّ lanakoonanna surely we will be ك و ن
28 مِنَ mina among
29 الشَّاكِرِينَ alshshakireena the thankful ش ك ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 190

فَلَمَّآ ءَاتَىٰهُمَا صَٰلِحًۭا جَعَلَا لَهُۥ شُرَكَآءَ فِيمَآ ءَاتَىٰهُمَا ۚ فَتَعَٰلَى ٱللَّهُ عَمَّا يُشْرِكُونَ.(190)

But when He gives them a good [child], they1 ascribe partners to Him concerning that which He has given them. Exalted is Allāh above what they associate with Him. [Al-Araaf: 190]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 190

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But when He gives them a good [child], they1 ascribe partners to Him concerning that which He has given them. Exalted is Allāh above what they associate with Him.

Transliteration

Ayah 190

Falamma atahuma salihan jaAAala lahu shurakaa feema atahuma fataAAala Allahu AAamma yushrikoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 190

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 فَلَمَّآ Falamma But when
2 اٰتَاهُمَا atahuma He gives them أ ت ي
3 صَالِحًا salihan a good (child) ص ل ح
4 جَعَلَا jaAAala they make ج ع ل
5 لَهُۥ lahu for Him
6 شُرَكَآءَ shurakaa partners ش ر ك
7 فِيمَآ feema in what
8 اٰتَاهُمَا atahuma He has given them أ ت ي
9 فَتَعَالَىٰ fataAAala But exalted ع ل و
10 اللهُ Allahu (is) Allah أ ل ه
11 عَمَّا AAamma above what
12 يُشْرِكُونَ yushrikoona they associate (with Him) ش ر ك

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 191

أَيُشْرِكُونَ مَا لَا يَخْلُقُ شَيْـًۭٔا وَهُمْ يُخْلَقُونَ.(191)

Do they associate with Him those who create nothing and they are [themselves] created? [Al-Araaf: 191]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 191

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Do they associate with Him those who create nothing and they are [themselves] created?

Transliteration

Ayah 191

Ayushrikoona ma la yakhluqu shayan wahum yukhlaqoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 191

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَيُشْرِكُونَ Ayushrikoona Do they associate? ش ر ك
2 مَا ma what
3 لَا la (can) not
4 يَخْلُقُ yakhluqu create خ ل ق
5 شَيْئًا shayan anything ش ي أ
6 وَهُمْ wahum and they
7 يُخْلَقُونَ yukhlaqoona are created خ ل ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 192

وَلَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ لَهُمْ نَصْرًۭا وَلَآ أَنفُسَهُمْ يَنصُرُونَ.(192)

And they [i.e., the false deities] are unable to [give] them help, nor can they help themselves. [Al-Araaf: 192]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 192

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And they [i.e., the false deities] are unable to [give] them help, nor can they help themselves.

Transliteration

Ayah 192

Wala yastateeAAoona lahum nasran wala anfusahum yansuroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 192

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَلَا Wala And not
2 يَسْتَطِيعُونَ yastateeAAoona they are able ط و ع
3 لَهُمْ lahum to (give) them
4 نَصْرًا nasran any help ن ص ر
5 وَلَآ wala and not
6 أَنفُسَهُمْ anfusahum themselves ن ف س
7 يَنصُرُونَ yansuroona can they help ن ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 193

وَإِن تَدْعُوهُمْ إِلَى ٱلْهُدَىٰ لَا يَتَّبِعُوكُمْ ۚ سَوَآءٌ عَلَيْكُمْ أَدَعَوْتُمُوهُمْ أَمْ أَنتُمْ صَٰمِتُونَ.(193)

And if you [believers] invite them to guidance, they will not follow you. It is all the same for you whether you invite them or you are silent. [Al-Araaf: 193]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 193

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if you [believers] invite them to guidance, they will not follow you. It is all the same for you whether you invite them or you are silent.

Transliteration

Ayah 193

Wain tadAAoohum ila alhuda la yattabiAAookum sawaon AAalaykum adaAAawtumoohum am antum samitoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 193

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِن Wain And if
2 تَدْعُوهُمْ tadAAoohum you call them د ع و
3 إِلَى ila to
4 الْهُدَىٰ alhuda the guidance ه د ي
5 لَا la not
6 يَتَّبِعُوكُمْ yattabiAAookum will they follow you ت ب ع
7 سَوَآءٌ sawaon (It is) same س و ي
8 عَلَيْكُمْ AAalaykum for you
9 أَدَعَوْتُمُوهُمْ adaAAawtumoohum whether you call them د ع و
10 أَمْ am or
11 أَنتُمْ antum you
12 صَامِتُونَ samitoona remain silent ص م ت

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 194

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ تَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِ ٱللَّهِ عِبَادٌ أَمْثَالُكُمْ ۖ فَٱدْعُوهُمْ فَلْيَسْتَجِيبُوا۟ لَكُمْ إِن كُنتُمْ صَٰدِقِينَ.(194)

Indeed, those you [polytheists] call upon besides Allāh are servants [i.e., creations] like you. So call upon them and let them respond to you, if you should be truthful. [Al-Araaf: 194]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 194

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those you [polytheists] call upon besides Allāh are servants [i.e., creations] like you. So call upon them and let them respond to you, if you should be truthful.

Transliteration

Ayah 194

Inna allatheena tadAAoona min dooni Allahi AAibadun amthalukum faodAAoohum falyastajeeboo lakum in kuntum sadiqeena

Word-by-word

Ayah 194

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those whom
3 تَدْعُونَ tadAAoona you call د ع و
4 مِن min from
5 دُونِ dooni besides د و ن
6 اللهِ Allahi Allah أ ل ه
7 عِبَادٌ AAibadun (are) slaves ع ب د
8 أَمْثَالُكُمْ amthalukum like you م ث ل
9 فَادْعُوهُمْ faodAAoohum So invoke them د ع و
10 فَلْيَسْتَجِيبُواْ falyastajeeboo and let them respond ج و ب
11 لَكُمْ lakum to you
12 إِن in if
13 كُنتُمْ kuntum you are ك و ن
14 صَادِقِينَ sadiqeena truthful ص د ق

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 195

أَلَهُمْ أَرْجُلٌۭ يَمْشُونَ بِهَآ ۖ أَمْ لَهُمْ أَيْدٍۢ يَبْطِشُونَ بِهَآ ۖ أَمْ لَهُمْ أَعْيُنٌۭ يُبْصِرُونَ بِهَآ ۖ أَمْ لَهُمْ ءَاذَانٌۭ يَسْمَعُونَ بِهَا ۗ قُلِ ٱدْعُوا۟ شُرَكَآءَكُمْ ثُمَّ كِيدُونِ فَلَا تُنظِرُونِ.(195)

Do they have feet by which they walk? Or do they have hands by which they strike? Or do they have eyes by which they see? Or do they have ears by which they hear? Say, [O Muḥammad], "Call your 'partners' and then conspire against me and give me no respite. [Al-Araaf: 195]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 195

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Do they have feet by which they walk? Or do they have hands by which they strike? Or do they have eyes by which they see? Or do they have ears by which they hear? Say, [O Muḥammad], "Call your 'partners' and then conspire against me and give me no respite.

Transliteration

Ayah 195

Alahum arjulun yamshoona biha am lahum aydin yabtishoona biha am lahum aAAyunun yubsiroona biha am lahum athanun yasmaAAoona biha quli odAAoo shurakaakum thumma keedooni fala tunthirooni

Word-by-word

Ayah 195

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 أَلَهُمْ Alahum Are for them?
2 أَرْجُلٌ arjulun feet ر ج ل
3 يَمْشُونَ yamshoona (to) walk م ش ي
4 بِهَآ biha with [it]
5 أَمْ am or
6 لَهُمْ lahum for them
7 أَيْدٍ aydin hands ي د ي
8 يَبْطِشُونَ yabtishoona (to) hold ب ط ش
9 بِهَآ biha with [it]
10 أَمْ am or
11 لَهُمْ lahum for them
12 أَعْيُنٌ aAAyunun eyes ع ي ن
13 يُبْصِرُونَ yubsiroona (to) see ب ص ر
14 بِهَآ biha with [it]
15 أَمْ am or
16 لَهُمْ lahum for them
17 اٰذَانٌ athanun ears أ ذ ن
18 يَسْمَعُونَ yasmaAAoona (to) hear س م ع
19 بِهَا biha with [it]
20 قُلِ quli Say ق و ل
21 ادْعُواْ odAAoo Call د ع و
22 شُرَكَآءَكُمْ shurakaakum your partners ش ر ك
23 ثُمَّ thumma then
24 كِيدُونِ keedooni scheme against me ك ي د
25 فَلَا fala and (do) not
26 تُنظِرُونِ tunthirooni give me respite ن ظ ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 196

إِنَّ وَلِيِّيَ اللَّـهُ الَّذِي نَزَّلَ ٱلْكِتَـٰبَ ۖ وَهُوَ يَتَوَلَّى ٱلصَّـٰلِحِينَ (196)

Indeed, my protector is Allāh, who has sent down the Book; and He is an ally to the righteous. [Al-Araaf: 196]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 196

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, my protector is Allāh, who has sent down the Book; and He is an ally to the righteous.

Transliteration

Ayah 196

Inna waliyyiya Allahu allathee nazzala alkitaba wahuwa yatawalla alssaliheena

Word-by-word

Ayah 196

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 وَلِيِّـىَ waliyyiya my protector و ل ي
3 اللهُ Allahu (is) Allah أ ل ه
4 الَّذِى allathee the One Who
5 نَزَّلَ nazzala revealed ن ز ل
6 الْكِتَابَ alkitaba the Book ك ت ب
7 وَهُوَ wahuwa And He
8 يَتَوَلَّى yatawalla protects و ل ي
9 الصَّالِحِينَ alssaliheena the righteous ص ل ح

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 197

وَٱلَّذِينَ تَدْعُونَ مِن دُونِهِۦ لَا يَسْتَطِيعُونَ نَصْرَكُمْ وَلَآ أَنفُسَهُمْ يَنصُرُونَ.(197)

And those you call upon besides Him are unable to help you, nor can they help themselves." [Al-Araaf: 197]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 197

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And those you call upon besides Him are unable to help you, nor can they help themselves."

Transliteration

Ayah 197

Waallatheena tadAAoona min doonihi la yastateeAAoona nasrakum wala anfusahum yansuroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 197

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَالَّذِينَ Waallatheena And those whom
2 تَدْعُونَ tadAAoona you invoke د ع و
3 مِن min from
4 دُونِهِۦ doonihi besides Him د و ن
5 لَا la not
6 يَسْتَطِيعُونَ yastateeAAoona they are able ط و ع
7 نَصْرَكُمْ nasrakum (to) help you ن ص ر
8 وَلَآ wala and not
9 أَنفُسَهُمْ anfusahum themselves ن ف س
10 يَنصُرُونَ yansuroona can they help ن ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 198

وَإِن تَدْعُوهُمْ إِلَى ٱلْهُدَىٰ لَا يَسْمَعُوا۟ ۖ وَتَرَىٰهُمْ يَنظُرُونَ إِلَيْكَ وَهُمْ لَا يُبْصِرُونَ.(198)

And if you invite them to guidance, they do not hear; and you see them looking at you while they do not see. [Al-Araaf: 198]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 198

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if you invite them to guidance, they do not hear; and you see them looking at you while they do not see.

Transliteration

Ayah 198

Wain tadAAoohum ila alhuda la yasmaAAoo watarahum yanthuroona ilayka wahum la yubsiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 198

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِن Wain And if
2 تَدْعُوهُمْ tadAAoohum you call them د ع و
3 إِلَى ila to
4 الْهُدَىٰ alhuda the guidance ه د ي
5 لَا la not
6 يَسْمَعُواْ yasmaAAoo do they not س م ع
7 وَتَرَاهُمْ watarahum And you see them ر أ ي
8 يَنظُرُونَ yanthuroona looking ن ظ ر
9 إِلَيْكَ ilayka at you
10 وَهُمْ wahum but they
11 لَا la not
12 يُبْصِرُونَ yubsiroona (do) they see ب ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 199

خُذِ ٱلْعَفْوَ وَأْمُرْ بِٱلْعُرْفِ وَأَعْرِضْ عَنِ ٱلْجَٰهِلِينَ.(199)

Take what is given freely,1 enjoin what is good, and turn away from the ignorant. [Al-Araaf: 199]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 199

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Take what is given freely,1 enjoin what is good, and turn away from the ignorant.

Transliteration

Ayah 199

Khuthi alAAafwa wamur bialAAurfi waaAArid AAani aljahileena

Word-by-word

Ayah 199

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 خُذِ Khuthi Hold أ خ ذ
2 الْعَفْوَ alAAafwa (to) forgiveness ع ف و
3 وَأْمُرْ wamur and enjoin أ م ر
4 بِالْعُرْفِ bialAAurfi the good ع ر ف
5 وَأَعْرِضْ waaAArid and turn away ع ر ض
6 عَنِ AAani from
7 الْجَاهِلِينَ aljahileena the ignorant ج ه ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 200

وَإِمَّا يَنزَغَنَّكَ مِنَ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنِ نَزْغٌۭ فَٱسْتَعِذْ بِٱللَّهِ ۚ إِنَّهُۥ سَمِيعٌ عَلِيمٌ.(200)

And if an evil suggestion comes to you from Satan, then seek refuge in Allāh. Indeed, He is Hearing and Knowing. [Al-Araaf: 200]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 200

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And if an evil suggestion comes to you from Satan, then seek refuge in Allāh. Indeed, He is Hearing and Knowing.

Transliteration

Ayah 200

Waimma yanzaghannaka mina alshshaytani nazghun faistaAAith biAllahi innahu sameeAAun AAaleemun

Word-by-word

Ayah 200

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِمَّا Waimma And if
2 يَنزَغَنَّكَ yanzaghannaka an evil suggestion comes to you ن ز غ
3 مِنَ mina from
4 الشَّيْطَانِ alshshaytani [the] Shaitaan ش ط ن
5 نَزْغٌ nazghun [an evil suggestion] ن ز غ
6 فَاسْتَعِذْ faistaAAith then seek refuge ع و ذ
7 بِاللهِ biAllahi in Allah أ ل ه
8 إِنَّهُۥ innahu Indeed He
9 سَمِيعٌ sameeAAun (is) All-Hearing س م ع
10 عَلِيمٌ AAaleemun All-Knowing ع ل م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 201

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ ٱتَّقَوْا۟ إِذَا مَسَّهُمْ طَٰٓئِفٌۭ مِّنَ ٱلشَّيْطَٰنِ تَذَكَّرُوا۟ فَإِذَا هُم مُّبْصِرُونَ.(201)

Indeed, those who fear Allāh - when an impulse touches them from Satan, they remember [Him] and at once they have insight. [Al-Araaf: 201]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 201

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who fear Allāh - when an impulse touches them from Satan, they remember [Him] and at once they have insight.

Transliteration

Ayah 201

Inna allatheena ittaqaw itha massahum taifun mina alshshaytani tathakkaroo faitha hum mubsiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 201

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 اتَّقَواْ ittaqaw fear (Allah) و ق ي
4 إِذَا itha when
5 مَسَّهُمْ massahum touches them م س س
6 طَائِفٌ taifun an evil thought ط و ف
7 مِّنَ mina from
8 الشَّيْطَانِ alshshaytani the Shaitaan ش ط ن
9 تَذَكَّرُواْ tathakkaroo they remember (Allah) ذ ك ر
10 فَإِذَا faitha and then
11 هُم hum they
12 مُّبْصِرُونَ mubsiroona (are) those who see (aright) ب ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 202

وَإِخْوَٰنُهُمْ يَمُدُّونَهُمْ فِى ٱلْغَىِّ ثُمَّ لَا يُقْصِرُونَ.(202)

But their brothers1 - they [i.e., the devils] increase them in error; then they do not stop short. [Al-Araaf: 202]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 202

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

But their brothers1 - they [i.e., the devils] increase them in error; then they do not stop short.

Transliteration

Ayah 202

Waikhwanuhum yamuddoonahum fee alghayyi thumma la yuqsiroona

Word-by-word

Ayah 202

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِخْوَانُهُمْ Waikhwanuhum But their brothers أ خ و
2 يَمُدُّونَهُمْ yamuddoonahum they plunge them م د د
3 فِى fee in
4 الْغَىِّ alghayyi the error غ و ي
5 ثُمَّ thumma then
6 لَا la not
7 يُقْصِرُونَ yuqsiroona they cease ق ص ر

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 203

وَإِذَا لَمْ تَأْتِهِم بِـَٔايَةٍۢ قَالُوا۟ لَوْلَا ٱجْتَبَيْتَهَا ۚ قُلْ إِنَّمَآ أَتَّبِعُ مَا يُوحَىٰٓ إِلَىَّ مِن رَّبِّى ۚ هَٰذَا بَصَآئِرُ مِن رَّبِّكُمْ وَهُدًۭى وَرَحْمَةٌۭ لِّقَوْمٍۢ يُؤْمِنُونَ.(203)

And when you, [O Muḥammad], do not bring them a sign [i.e., miracle], they say, "Why have you not contrived it?" Say, "I only follow what is revealed to me from my Lord. This [Qur’ān] is enlightenment from your Lord and guidance and mercy for a people who believe." [Al-Araaf: 203]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 203

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And when you, [O Muḥammad], do not bring them a sign [i.e., miracle], they say, "Why have you not contrived it?" Say, "I only follow what is revealed to me from my Lord. This [Qur’ān] is enlightenment from your Lord and guidance and mercy for a people who believe."

Transliteration

Ayah 203

Waitha lam tatihim biayatin qaloo lawla ijtabaytaha qul innama attabiAAu ma yooha ilayya min rabbee hatha basairu min rabbikum wahudan warahmatun liqawmin yuminoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 203

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when
2 لَمْ lam not
3 تَأْتِهِم tatihim you bring them أ ت ي
4 بِاٰيَةٍ biayatin a Sign أ ي ي
5 قَالُواْ qaloo they say ق و ل
6 لَوْلَا lawla Why (have) not
7 اجْتَبَيْتَهَا ijtabaytaha you devised it ج ب ي
8 قُلْ qul Say ق و ل
9 إِنَّمَآ innama Only
10 أَتَّبِعُ attabiAAu I follow ت ب ع
11 مَا ma what
12 يُوحَىٰٓ yooha is revealed و ح ي
13 إِلَىَّ ilayya to me
14 مِن min from
15 رَّبِّى rabbee my Lord ر ب ب
16 هَٰذَا hatha This (is)
17 بَصَآئِرُ basairu enlightenment ب ص ر
18 مِن min from
19 رَّبِّكُمْ rabbikum your Lord ر ب ب
20 وَهُدًى wahudan and guidance ه د ي
21 وَرَحْمَةٌ warahmatun and mercy ر ح م
22 لِّقَوْمٍ liqawmin for a people ق و م
23 يُؤْمِنُونَ yuminoona who believe أ م ن

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 204

وَإِذَا قُرِئَ ٱلْقُرْءَانُ فَٱسْتَمِعُوا۟ لَهُۥ وَأَنصِتُوا۟ لَعَلَّكُمْ تُرْحَمُونَ.(204)

So when the Qur’ān is recited, then listen to it and pay attention that you may receive mercy. [Al-Araaf: 204]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 204

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

So when the Qur’ān is recited, then listen to it and pay attention that you may receive mercy.

Transliteration

Ayah 204

Waitha quria alquranu faistamiAAoo lahu waansitoo laAAallakum turhamoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 204

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَإِذَا Waitha And when
2 قُرِئَ quria is recited ق ر أ
3 الْقُرْاٰنُ alquranu the Quran ق ر أ
4 فَاسْتَمِعُواْ faistamiAAoo then listen س م ع
5 لَهُۥ lahu to it
6 وَأَنصِتُواْ waansitoo and pay attention ن ص ت
7 لَعَلَّكُمْ laAAallakum so that you may
8 تُرْحَمُونَ turhamoona receive mercy ر ح م

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 205

وَٱذْكُر رَّبَّكَ فِى نَفْسِكَ تَضَرُّعًۭا وَخِيفَةًۭ وَدُونَ ٱلْجَهْرِ مِنَ ٱلْقَوْلِ بِٱلْغُدُوِّ وَٱلْآصَالِ وَلَا تَكُن مِّنَ ٱلْغَٰفِلِينَ.(205)

And remember your Lord within yourself in humility and in fear without being apparent in speech - in the mornings and the evenings. And do not be among the heedless. [Al-Araaf: 205]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 205

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

And remember your Lord within yourself in humility and in fear without being apparent in speech - in the mornings and the evenings. And do not be among the heedless.

Transliteration

Ayah 205

Waothkur rabbaka fee nafsika tadarruAAan wakheefatan wadoona aljahri mina alqawli bialghuduwwi waalasali wala takun mina alghafileena

Word-by-word

Ayah 205

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 وَاذْكُر Waothkur And remember ذ ك ر
2 رَّبَّكَ rabbaka your Lord ر ب ب
3 فِى fee in
4 نَفْسِكَ nafsika yourself ن ف س
5 تَضَرُّعاً tadarruAAan humbly ض ر ع
6 وَخِيفَةً wakheefatan and (in) fear خ و ف
7 وَدُونَ wadoona and without د و ن
8 الْجَهْرِ aljahri the loudness ج ه ر
9 مِنَ mina of
10 الْقَوْلِ alqawli [the] words ق و ل
11 بِالْغُدُوِّ bialghuduwwi in the mornings غ د و
12 وَالْآصَالِ waalasali and (in) the evenings أ ص ل
13 وَلَا wala And (do) not
14 تَكُن takun be ك و ن
15 مِّنَ mina among
16 الْغَافِلِينَ alghafileena the heedless غ ف ل

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Ayat 206

إِنَّ ٱلَّذِينَ عِندَ رَبِّكَ لَا يَسْتَكْبِرُونَ عَنْ عِبَادَتِهِۦ وَيُسَبِّحُونَهُۥ وَلَهُۥ يَسْجُدُونَ ۩.(206)

Indeed, those who are near your Lord [i.e., the angels] are not prevented by arrogance from His worship, and they exalt Him, and to Him they prostrate. [Al-Araaf: 206]

Back to surah / Surah 007 · Al-Araaf / Ayah 206

Section 01

Traditional understanding

Translation, tafseer from classical and modern scholars, transliteration, word-by-word grammar.

Translation Sahih International

Indeed, those who are near your Lord [i.e., the angels] are not prevented by arrogance from His worship, and they exalt Him, and to Him they prostrate.

Transliteration

Ayah 206

Inna allatheena AAinda rabbika la yastakbiroona AAan AAibadatihi wayusabbihoonahu walahu yasjudoona

Word-by-word

Ayah 206

# Arabic Pronunciation Meaning Root
1 إِنَّ Inna Indeed
2 الَّذِينَ allatheena those who
3 عِندَ AAinda (are) near ع ن د
4 رَبِّكَ rabbika your Lord ر ب ب
5 لَا la not
6 يَسْتَكْبِرُونَ yastakbiroona (do) they turn away in pride ك ب ر
7 عَنْ AAan from
8 عِبَادَتِهِۦ AAibadatihi His worship ع ب د
9 وَيُسَبِّحُونَهُۥ wayusabbihoonahu And they glorify Him س ب ح
10 وَلَهُۥ walahu and to Him
11 يَسْجُدُونَ yasjudoona they prostrate س ج د

References

  1. Translation — Sahih International

Now Playing Ayah